Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Marine Shipping / Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA

0p0t.l · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker 0p0t.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Marine Shipping
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Enable. Enhance. Simplify.

Annual report
2020

Group

Key figures

Key figures – consolidated 
accounts

INCOME STATEMENT

Total	income

Operating	profit	before	depreciation	and	impairment	(EBITDA)

Operating	profit

Profit/(loss)	before	tax

Net	profit/(loss)

Net	profit/(loss)	attributable	to	the	equity	holders	of	the	company

BALANCE SHEET

Non	current	assets

Current	assets

Equity

Interest-bearing	debt

Total	assets

KEY FINANCIAL FIGURES

Cash	flow	from	operation	(1)

Liquid	funds	at	31	December	(2)

Liquidy	ratio	(3)

Equity	ratio	(4)

YIELD

Return	on	equity	(5)

KEY FIGURES PER SHARE

Earnings	per	share	(6)

Operating	profit	before	depreciation	and	impairment	(EBITDA)	per	share	(7)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

 812 

 138 

 60 

 205 

 178 

 117 

 2 736 

 751 

 2 265 

 657 

 850 

 149 

 78 

 144 

 130 

 114 

 2 638 

 655 

 2 082 

 675 

 871 

 78 

 36 

 (86) 

 (75) 

 (69)

 2 467 

 612 

 2 017 

 533 

 793 

 198 

 176 

 253 

 (2 )

(64) 

 2 637 

 636 

 2 188 

 601 

 930 

 116 

 94 

 151 

 251 

 201 

 3 781 

 914 

 2 492 

 1 533 

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

3 488

3 293

3 079

3 273

4 695

USD	mill

USD	mill

%

%

 194 

 393 

 1.3 

65%

 98 

 255 

 1.2 

63%

 62 

 227 

 1.1 

66%

 70 

 268 

 1.4 

67%

 420 

 580 

 1.9 

53%

6%

6%

(4%)

(3%)

11%

USD

USD

 2.63 

 3.10 

 2.46 

 3.24 

 (1.48) 

 1.68 

 (1.38) 

 4.26 

 4.34 

 2.51 

Average	number	of	shares	outstanding

Thousand

 44 580 

 45 948 

 46 404 

 46 404 

 46 404 

Dividend	per	share

NOK

2.00

5.00

5.50

5.00

5.00

Total income 
(USD mill)

EBITDA 
(USD mill)

0
5
8

1
7
8

2
1
8

3
9
7

0
3
9

8
9
1

6
1
1

9
4
1

8
3
1

8
7

2020
2019
2018
2017
2016

Total equity 
(USD mill)

5
6
2
2

2
8
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
8
1
2

2
9
4
2

Net profit/(loss)
attributable to the equity 
holders of the company 
(USD mill)

1
0
2

7
1
1

4
1
1

)

9
6

(

)

4
6

(

Definition
(1)	 Net	cash	flow	from	operating	activities
(2)	 Cash	and	cash	equivalent,	and	current	financial	investments
(3)	 Current	assets	divided	by	current	liabilities
(4)	 Equity	in	percent	of	total	assets
(5)	 Profit	after	tax	divided	by	average	equity
(6)	 Profit	for	the	period	after	non-controlling	interests,	divided	by	average	number	of	shares

	 Earnings	per	share	taking	into	consideration	the	number	of	shares	reduced	for	own	shares

(7)	 Operating	profit	for	the	period	adjusted	for	depreciation	and	impairments	of	assets,	divided	by	average	number	of	shares	outstanding

4

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

	
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights
for 2020

Maintaining
safe operation
during the pandemic

Investing in
new sustainable
solutions

Gain on financial assets
offsetting reduced
operating profit

Acquiring 50% of
Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel
Ship Management

Acquiring
25% of
Edda Wind

3%
shareholder 
return

Content

010
012

1 – Group CEO’s statement
Positioning us for 2030 and beyond

016
018
020
021

024
026
027
029
028
030
030

034
036
036
036
037
038
039
040
041

088
090
090
090
091
092
093
109
112
117

2 – Directors’ report
Main development and strategic direction
Financial results
Business segments
	 Maritime	services
	 Supply	services
	 Holding	and	investments
Risk review
Health, working environment and safety
Organisation and people development
Corporate governance
Sustainability
Allocation of profit, dividend and shares
Outlook

3 – Accounts and notes – group
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA group
Income statement
Comprehensive income
Balance sheet
Cash flow statement
Equity
General accounting principle
Notes

4 – Accounts and notes – parent company
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA parent company
Income statement
Comprehensive income
Balance sheet
Cash flow statement
Notes
Statement on the remuneration for senior executives
Auditor’s report
Responsibility statement

120
122

5 – Corporate governance
Corporate governance report

130
132
132
133
135

6 – Corporate structure
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group main structure
Holding and investments segment
Supply services segment
Maritime services segment

Crew welfare

The challenge: Overnight, because of the pandemic, conducting crew 
changes became immensely difficult. Getting on or off vessels suddenly posed 
significant challenges no matter where in the world you were. The situation 
called for crew welfare to become an even higher priority than normal.  

The solution: Wilhelmsen through its divisions handling crew and crew changes, 
devised work around solutions quickly. Global maps to understand the ongoing 
regulations port by port, and a number of initiatives to connect with crew 
onboard and onshore around the world. 

1

Group
CEO’s
statement

Group

Group CEO’s statement

Positioning us for 2030 
and beyond 

2020 – MUCH BETTER THAN FEARED
Not many of us could have imagined that a virus would 
affect our personal and business lives to the extent 
it did in 2020. But I dare to argue that 2020, despite 
COVID-19, was an acceptable year for the Wilhelmsen 
group. Our top line dropped 5%, but we grew our ship 
management business significantly with the investment 
in Ahrenkiel, which gave us a solid position within the 
container segment. Albeit different and difficult working 
situations, the group also continued to introduce several 
new and innovative solutions. We also turned around 
and supported some of the challenges our customers and 
society at large faced because of COVID-19. The rapid 
development of the global port restrictions map and 
ability to switch to a production line of hand sanitizer 
in just a couple of days are two obvious examples. In 
addition, we were able to further position ourselves in 
the renewable energy space, buying 25% of Edda Wind 
(at time of writing we have increased our shareholding to 
50%), which owns and operates service vessels supporting 
offshore wind parks, and introducing the concept vessel 
Topeka and HyShip, both related to hydrogen and 
decarbonisation.

A RESILIENT ORGANISATION
I am not only impressed, but also grateful for all our 
thousands of land-based employees, many of whom have 
worked from home for more than a year. Our ability to 
consistently support our customers is testament to their 
efforts. I would also like to express a special thanks to our 
seafarers. Crew changes have been extremely challenging 
during the pandemic, and still are in 2021 as I am writing 
this. I would also like to recognise the hardship and 
emotional distress seafarers have had to work through, 
and I am disappointed that governments have not done 
more to designate seafarers as key workers. 

(E)MISSION IMPOSSIBLE? OPPORTUNITIES AHEAD  
2020 may just have been the starting signal for the 
disruptive years ahead, a decade I see as being rich with 
opportunities. In the next ten years, we will be navigating 
through post-pandemic recovery, the changing landscape 
of finance triggered by commitments to the Paris 
agreement, the fast tracking of activities needed to meet 

the targets of the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals, 
the global energy transition, and the introduction of new 
fuels and vessels to decarbonise shipping. 

To be a successful and profitable player in the future, it will 
not be sufficient to just have a sustainability strategy – your 
strategy needs to be truly sustainable. 

Our commitment is to actively contribute to reducing our 
own and our customers’ environmental footprint, to one 
that we can be proud of. We aim to be an active player in 
the energy infrastructure transformation and to be equally 
active within decarbonisation. We took significant steps 
towards this in 2020, and we expect to see a steady increase 
in investment, business opportunities, and solutions 
emerging within the renewable space. 

WHAT MOTIVATES ME …
… is the fact that we are in a unique position to shape our 
industry. Unique because we have the ambitions, the will, 
the reputation, combined with in-depth experience and 
knowledge of our industry. Although our big headlines 
are about renewable energy and the future, we are 
equally committed to continue to grow and expand our 
top tier positions within our industry fleet, through the 
development of sustainable products and solutions. 
Reaching more than 50% of the world’s merchant fleet, 
combined with our global infrastructure give us a unique 
opportunity to truly contribute to shaping the maritime 
industry and enable sustainable global trade through our 
offerings. This is a responsibility and opportunity we take 
seriously.  

What makes Wilhelmsen unique to me, is also our ability 
to continuously adapt to our surroundings, including 
customer needs, new regulatory requirements, and 
technological opportunities. A capability that has enabled 
us to thrive for 160 years. This part of our DNA will enable 
us to continue to create value for customers, employees, 
shareholders, and society at large for decades to come. 
Playing a role in changing the future for the better is 
motivating and an important task which I personally take 
seriously and look forward to delivering on together with 
all our stakeholders.

12

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Group CEO’s statement

Thomas Wilhelmsen, group CEO

13

GroupWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Inventory
on-demand

The challenge: It can take months for vessel spare parts to arrive in 
port. Expensive and idle months. 

The solution: Wilhelmsen and thyssenkrupp joined forces to dive 
into and optimize the production and delivery process of 3D printed 
spare parts for the unique demands of the maritime market. Months 
of waiting for spare parts are reduced to days. 

2

Directors’
report

Group

Directors’ report

Directors’ report 
for 2020

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Highlights 
for 2020

•  Maintaining operation 

and creating solution for 
safe crew handling during 
the pandemic.

•  Investing in solutions 
enabling sustainable 
 global trade.

•  Reduction in operating 

income and profit.

•  Net gain on financial assets.
•  Acquiring 50% of 

 Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel 
Ship Management.
•  Acquiring 25% of 

Edda Wind.

•  Reduced shareholding in 
Hyundai Glovis from 12% 
to 11%.

•  Paid dividend of 

NOK 2.00 per share.
•  3% shareholder return.

MAIN DEVELOPMENT AND STRATEGIC 
DIRECTION
The Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group 
 (Wilhelmsen or group) is an industrial holding 
company within the maritime industry. 
The group’s activities are carried out through 
fully and partly owned entities, most of 
which are among the market leaders within 
their segments. Wilhelmsen’s ambition is to 
develop companies within maritime services, 
shipping, logistics, renewables, and related 
infrastructure through active ownership.

2020 has been dominated by the pandemic, 
affecting almost all markets and countries 
on a global scale. In this situation, the focus 
for Wilhelmsen has been, and continues to 
be, to safeguard the health and safety of our 
employees, crew, and members of the society 
at large. At the same time, the organisation 
has  continuously strived to serve its customers 
and secure the operation of its critical global 
supply chain and infrastructure. Most office 
staff have been required to work from home 
during large parts of the year, and Wilhelmsen 
has been in the forefront in the work to secure 
solutions for safe crew changes globally. The 
board would like to thank all our crew and 
onshore employees for their extraordinary 
efforts during the pandemic.

Guided by our vision of shaping the maritime 
industry, Wilhelmsen has in 2020 continued 
the work to support transition to a more 
sustainable future, including projects and 
new investments within energy transition and 
decarbonisation of shipping.

managing the cost base. The group also 
continued to invest in and develop new 
activities outside present product offerings. 
While income and operating profit were down 
for the year, cash flow improved, and solid 
performance on investments contributed to 
an increase in net profit.

Maritime services deliver value creating 
solutions to the global merchant fleet,  focusing 
on marine products, ships agency and ship 
 management. Supporting the shipping industry 
in managing through the pandemic, new tools 
have been created by Wilhelmsen including 
online port restriction maps and guidelines for 
crew testing and changes. In 2020, Wilhelmsen 
expanded the fleet under management through 
taking a 50% stake in the rebranded Wilhelmsen 
Ahrenkiel  containership management company 
and made further progress in the development 
of solutions for 3D printing of spare parts. 
While income for maritime services was down 
for the year, the operating margin held up well.

For supply services, the offshore oil and gas 
 industry remains the largest  customer base, 
but with a gradual shift into other areas such 
as governmental services and  offshore wind. 
In 2020, further expansion was made into 
offshore wind and important steps were taken 
to develop a liquid  hydrogen  supply chain 
for maritime  applications in  Norway. At the 
very end of the year, it was  decided to declare 
the option to  acquire a majority stake in the 
owner of Olavsvern, a  marine base suitable for 
 governmental  services.  Income and operating 
profit in  supply services were stable for the year.

The markets in which Wilhelmsen operates 
faced in 2020 the double headwind of a 
pandemic and a long term trend of a declining 
growth rate for global trade. In this  market-
environment, the Wilhelmsen operating 
companies continued to deliver premium 
services and new sustainable  solutions to 
its customers, while at the same time tightly 

Despite a turbulent period at the early stage of 
the pandemic, the group’s investment  activities 
ended the year on a positive note. Wallenius 
Wilhelmsen ASA took pro-active steps reducing 
capacity and cost in the first half, with volumes 
gradually recovering  during the second half. 
The Hyundai Glovis share price measured 
in USD was up 36% for the year after a 40% 

18

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

The board 
of Wilh. 
Wilhelmsen 
Holding ASA

From left:
Carl E Steen
Rebekka Glasser Herlofsen
Ulrika Laurin
Trond Westlie
Diderik Schnitler (chair) 

drop in the first quarter. In the fourth quarter, 
Wilhelmsen acquired 25% of Edda Wind AS and 
reduced its shareholding in Hyundai Glovis 
from 12% to 11%. In total, the holding and 
investment activities contributed with USD 
90 million to Wilhelmsen’s net profit to equity 
holders of the parent in 2020.

The Wilhelmsen group maintains a strong 
equity base. In 2020, total equity was up 9% 
and the equity ratio based on book values 
 improved to 65%. By the end of the year, 
equity attributable to equity holders of the 
company exceeded USD 2 billion.

Liquidity also remains strong. Cash and cash 
equivalents totalled USD 269 million by end 
of the year, with total liquidity increasing to 
USD 1 194 million if including all financial 
assets. The debt repayment profile for the 
group remains healthy.

Wilhelmsen’s goal is to provide shareholders with 
a high return over time through a combination 
of rising value for the company’s shares and 
payment of dividend. The objective is to have 
consistent yearly dividend paid twice  annually.

The long-term incentive plan for the executive 
management and short-term incentive plan 
for holding company employees are both 
based on a positive development in the group’s 
value adjusted equity above set  thresholds. 
This aligns the long-term interests of 
shareholders and management.

The Wilhelmsen share price followed the 
broader market, falling at the early stage of 
the pandemic, before recovering and ending 
the year with a small gain. Total return 
including share price development and paid 
dividend was 3.6% for the WWI share and 
3.0% for the WWIB share, compared with a 
4.6% increase in the Oslo Børs Benchmark 
index (source: indices.euronext.com).

As a precursory measure at the early stage of 
the pandemic, the board decided to reduce the 
first dividend payment in 2020 to NOK 2.00 
per share, and to not ask for authority to 
declare a second dividend. With strong cash 
control and mitigating efforts, the group 
has managed to retain profitability and 
increase liquidity. The board will as a result 
propose to the 2021 annual general meeting 
an extraordinary dividend of NOK 2.00 per 
share, compensating for the reduced dividend 
paid in 2020. The extraordinary dividend will 
be paid out in addition to ordinary dividend 
paid in 2021.

In 2019, Wilhelmsen bought 1.8 million own 
shares in the market, having a positive effect 
on the earnings per share (EPS). The board will 
propose to the 2021 annual general meeting to 
liquidate the shares, reducing the number of 
outstanding shares with 3.93%.

The board believes sound corporate governance 
is the foundation for profitable growth and a 
healthy company culture. Good governance 

19

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Directors’ report

contributes to reduced risk and creates value over 
time for shareholders and other stakeholders. 
The board is committed to a sustainable strategy 
which is a vital prerequisite for Wilhelmsen 
to be a profitable and responsible player in 
the industry and society. In 2020, employee 
engagement, ethics and anti-corruption, 
health, safety and wellbeing, responsible 
procurement, cyber security and data protection, 
climate risk, and partnerships for sustainable 
innovations received particular attention.

In 2021, Wilhelmsen will re-design the portfolio 
to intensify growth of maritime services and 
on renewable energy and decarbonisation. In 
addition to accelerating the transition of existing 
businesses, Wilhelmsen will invest in new 
businesses related to the renewable sector. A new 
business segment named “New energy” will be 
established, including among other the ongoing 
transformation of NorSea Group, offshore wind 
activities through NorSea Wind and Edda Wind, 
and activities within autonomous shipping and  
decarbonisation solutions.

FINANCIAL RESULTS
Income statement

Wilhelmsen group
(USD mill)

Total income

of wich operating revenue
of wich gain on sale of assets

EBITDA
Operating profit/EBIT

Share of profit/(loss) from associates
Change in fair value financial assets
Other financial income/(expenses)

Profit before tax/EBT
Tax income/(expenses)

Profit for the period
Profit to equity holders of the company

EPS (USD)

Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income attributable 
to equity holders of the parent

2020

2019

812
807
5

138
60

(50)
192
2

205
(27)

178
117

850
836
14

149
78

49
34
(17)

144
(15)

130
114

2.63

2.46

23
200

3
127

141

111

Total income for Wilhelmsen was USD 
812 million in 2020, down 5% from 2019. 
The reduction was mainly due to lower 
income from maritime services partly offset 
by higher income from supply services.

Group EBITDA came in at USD 138 million 
for the year, down 7%. EBITDA was down for 
mari time services, stable for supply services, 
and improved for holding and investments.

Share of profit from associates was a loss of 
USD 50 million for the year. Associates in 

supply services contributed positively, while 
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA had a negative 
contribution.

Change in fair value financial assets was 
positive with USD 192 million for the year. 
This followed a strong uplift in the value of 
the  investment in Hyundai Glovis, while the 
value of other investments was down.

Other financials were a net income of 
USD 2 million in 2020, with gain on current 
financial investments and dividend income 
 offsetting interest expenses and other 
financial  expenses.

Tax was included with an expense of 
USD 27 million, mainly related to maritime
services.

Net profit after tax and non-controlling 
 interests was USD 117 million in 2020, up from 
USD 114 million in 2019.

Other comprehensive income was positive 
with USD 23 million, resulting in a total 
 comprehensive income to equity holders of the 
company of USD 141 million for the year 2020.

Cash flow, liquidity and debt
The group had cash and cash equivalents 
of USD 269 million by the end 2020, up 
from USD 153 million by the end of 2019. 
The increase in cash and cash equivalents for 
the year followed a strong contribution from 
operating and investing activities partly offset 
by financing activities.

Cash flow
(USD mill)

2020

2019

Cash and cash equivalents 1.1

153

140

From operating activities

of which maritime services
of which supply services
of which other operating activities

From investing activities

From financing activities

of which dividend
of which net debt
of which other financing activities

Net cash flow

Cash and cash equivalents 31.12

194
131
43
19

41

(119)
(9)
(59)
(51)

115

269

98
83
32
(17)

81

(165)
(56)
(68)
(42)

14

153

Cash flow from operating activities was 
positive with USD 194 million in 2020. This 
was above the USD 138 in EBITDA and a strong 
improvement from the previous year mainly 
due to a positive change in working capital 
in maritime services.

Cash flow from investing activities was positive 

20

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

with USD 41 million, including proceeds from 
sale of shares in Hyundai Glovis and Qube.

from converting NOK debt into USD.

Cash flow from financing activities was 
negative with USD 119 million in 2020. 
Net debt repayment counted for the largest 
share of net cash outflow, followed by interest 
payments.

By the end of 2020, the group had liquid 
financial assets of USD 1 194 million. In 
addition to cash and cash equivalents, this 
included current financial investments and 
non-current financial assets reported as 
financial assets to fair value.

Going concern assumption
Pursuant to section 4, sub-section 5, confer 
section 3, sub-section 3a of the Norwegian 
Accounting Act, it is confirmed that the 
annual accounts have been prepared under 
the assumption that the enterprise is a going 
concern and that the conditions are present.

MARITIME SERVICES
The maritime services segment includes ships 
service, ship management and other maritime 
services activities.

Liquid assets
(USD mill)

Cash and cash equivalents

of which maritime services
of which Supply services
of which holding and investments

Current financial investments
Financial assets to fair value

Total

2020

2019

269
175
12
81
124
801

153
116
7
31
102
675

1194

930

Maritime services
(USD mill)

Total income

of which ships service
of which ship management
other/eliminations

EBITDA

EBITDA margin (%)

Operating profit/EBIT

EBIT margin (%)

The parent company carries out active 
financial asset management of part of the 
group’s liquidity. The current financial 
investment portfolio includes listed equities 
and investment grade bonds. The value of the 
portfolio amounted to USD 124 million at the 
end of 2020.

Share of profit from associates
Change in fair value financial assets
Other financial income/(expenses)
Tax income/(expense)

Profit

Profit margin (%)

Non controlling interest
Profit to equity holders of the company

2020

2019

544
484
59
1

89
16%

50
9%

1
0
(14)
(19)

18
3%

0
17

591
534
56
0

103
17%

73
12%

4
(27)
(24)
(12)

15
3%

1
14

The group’s investments classified as financial 
assets to fair value had a combined value 
of USD 801 million by the end of the year. 
The largest investment was the 11% share-
holding in Hyundai Glovis held through 
Treasure ASA, valued at USD 699 million.

The main group companies fund their 
investments and operations on a standalone 
basis, with no recourse to the parent company. 
The primary funding source is the commercial 
bank loan market.

Interest-bearing debt (incl. lease)
(USD mill)

Maritime services
Supply services
Holding and investments
Elimination

Total

2020

2019

245
407
20
(15)

247
401
48
(21)

657

675

By end of 2020, the group’s total interest- 
bearing debt including leasing debt was 
USD 657 million. Debt was down for the year, 
mainly due to repayment of all non-leasing 
debt in the parent company. In supply ser vices, 
a net repayment of debt was offset by FX effect 

Total income for maritime services was 
USD 544 million in 2020, down 8% from 2019. 
Income from ships service was down, while 
income from ship management was up.

EBITDA for the year was USD 89 million, 
down 14%. When adjusting for a 2019 property 
sales gain, EBITDA was down 9%. This was 
in line with the fall in total income. The 
maritime  services EBITDA margin was 16% in 
2020, down from 17% the previous year.

Share of profit from associates was 
USD 1 million, down from USD 4 million. 
The reduc tion followed lower contribution 
from  associates in ships service, and a net 
loss in ship  management.

Change in fair value financial assets was 
nil. In 2019 it was a loss of USD 27 million 
 following a full write down of the investment 
in  Survitec Group.

Other financial income/expenses for 
maritime services amounted to an expense 
of USD 14 million. This was an improvement 
from previous year due to lower interest 

Maritime 
 services

•  Wilhelmsen Ships Service
•  Wilhelmsen Ship 
 Management

•  Wilhelmsen Insurance 

Services

21

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Directors’ report

Supply 
 services

•  NorSea Group 

(owned ~75.2%)

•  WilNor Governmental 

Services

expenses and a USD 3 million gain on 
currency and financial instruments. 
A USD 5 million impairment of a loan to 
a joint venture had a negative impact.

MPC Capital Group. The company, which 
is renamed Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Ship 
Management, currently manages a fleet of 
72 container ships.

Tax was an expense of USD 19 million in 2020, 
including impairment of deferred tax asset 
related to tax loss carry forward and a tax 
expense related change of business model in 
one market.

Wilhelmsen Insurance Services
Wilhelmsen Insurance Services provides 
marine and non-marine insurance solutions 
for internal and external clients. Insurance 
services is fully owned by Wilhelmsen.

Profit to equity holders of the company 
was USD 17 million in 2020, up from USD 
14 million the previous year.

Total income for insurance services was stable 
at USD 3 million, while EBITDA was down 
for the year.

Ships service
Wilhelmsen Ships Service is a global provider 
of standardised product brands and service 
solutions to the maritime industry, focusing on 
marine products, marine chemicals, maritime 
logistics and ships agency. Ships service is fully 
owned by Wilhelmsen.

Total income from ships service was 
USD 484 million in 2020, down 9% from 
the previous year. The fall in total income 
was a result of a general reduction in global 
shipping activities, impacting both sale of 
marine products and agency services. The 
largest impact was from reduction in cruise 
activities, representing 10-15% of operating 
income  before the pandemic. Income from 
 non-marine products increased.

EBITDA was also down for the year. This 
followed the reduction in total income, 
partly  offset by a strong USD.

Ship management
Wilhelmsen Ship Management provides full 
technical management, crewing and related 
services for all major vessel types, and includes 
50% of NorSea Wind. Ship management is fully 
owned by Wilhelmsen.

Total income for ship management was USD 59 
million in 2020, up 5%. Excluding a 2019 sales 
gains, income was up 19%. The increase in 
income followed further growth in vessels on 
technical management, some increase in layup 
activities, and a full year of operation for new 
offshore wind activities.

EBITDA was down for the year, due to 
losses from offshore wind, reduced operating 
margin, and a 2019 sales gain.

In October, ship management completed 
the transaction acquiring a 50% stake in 
Ahrenkiel Steamship GmbH & Co KG, the 
technical container ship manager within the 

SUPPLY SERVICES
The supply services segment includes NorSea 
Group, WilNor Governmental Services and 
other supply services activities.

Supply services
(USD mill)

Total income

of which NorSea Group
other/eliminations

EBITDA

EBITDA margin (%)

Operating profit/EBIT

EBIT margin (%)

Share of profit from associates
Other financial incom/(expenses)
Tax income/(expense)

Profit/(loss)

Profit margin (%)

Non controlling interest
Profit to equity holders of the company

2020

2019

263
259
3

255
251
4

57
22%

59
23%

22
9%

11
(17)
(3)

13
5%

3
10

22
9%

6
(19)
(3)

5
2%

1
4

Total income for supply services was 
USD 263 million in 2020, up 3% from 2019. 
Income in local currencies was up across 
all main activities and locations, but with 
accounting effect reduced due to a strong USD.

EBITDA came in at USD 57 million, down 2%. 
The EBITDA margin was 22%, a small  reduction 
from the previous year.

Share of profit from associates was USD 
11 million, lifted by a fourth quarter sales gain.

Net financial items were an expense of 
USD 17 million, and tax was an expense of 
USD 3 million in 2020.

Profit to equity holders of the company was 
USD 10 million for the year, up from USD 
4 million in 2019.

NorSea Group AS
NorSea Group provides supply bases and 
integrated logistics solution to the offshore 

22

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

industry. Wilhelmsen owns 75,2% of NorSea Group.

from intercompany services provided to group 
companies.

Total income for NorSea Group was USD 259 
million in 2020, up 3% from 2019. All offshore 
supply bases experienced an increase in 
activities, partly supported by a Norwegian 
stimulus package for the industry. Income from 
property activities was stable. Gain on sale 
of assets was USD 3 million for the year.

EBITDA was some down for the year, due to 
lower gain from sale of assets

WilNor Governmental Services
WilNor Governmental Services provides military 
logistics services in Norway and internationally. 
Wilhelmsen owns 51% of the company directly, 
with the remaining 49% owned through 
NorSea Group.

Total income for WilNor Governmental Services 
was USD 3 million in 2020, down 6% from 2019.
EBITDA was down for the year.

In December, WilNor Governmental Services 
declared the option to acquire 66% of the shares 
in Olavsvern Group AS. The transaction was 
completed in the first quarter of 2021. Olavsvern 
is a mountain basin logistics complex located in 
the Arctic region of Norway.

HOLDING AND INVESTMENTS
The holding and investments segment include 
investments in Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA 
and Treasure ASA, financial assets, and other 
holding and investments activities.

Holding and investments
(USD mill)

Total income

of which operating revenue
of which gain on sale of assets

EBITDA
Operating profit/EBIT

Share of profit/(loss) from associates
of which Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
other/eliminations

Change in fair value financial assets

of which Hyundai Glovis
of which Qube/other financial assets

Other financial income/(expenses)

of which investment management in holding
of which dividend income Hyundai Glovis
other financial income (expense)

Tax income/(expense)

Profit for the period

Non controlling interest
Profit to equity holders of the company

2020

2019

14
14
0

(7)
(12)

(62)
(63)
1

192
202
(9)

33
13
12
8

(5)

11
11
0

(12)
(17)

39
39
(0)

61
37
24

26
12
13
1

1

146

109

57
90

13
96

Total income for the holding and investments
segment was USD 14 million in 2020, mainly 

EBITDA was a loss of USD 7 million, which is 
an improvement from previous years due to 
reduced corporate cost.

Share of profit from associates was a loss of 
USD 62 million, mainly related to the 37.8% 
ownership in Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA.

Change in fair value financial assets was 
a gain of USD 192 million. This followed a 
strong uplift in the value of the investment 
in Hyundai Glovis, while value of other 
investments was down.

Other financials were an income of USD 
33 million, including dividend income and 
investment gains.

Tax was an expense of USD 5 million including 
an impairment of deferred tax asset related to 
tax loss carry forward.

Profit to equity holders of the company was 
USD 90 million for the year, compared with a 
profit of USD 96 million in 2019.

Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA is a global provider 
of ocean and land-based logistics services 
towards car and ro-ro customers and is listed 
on Oslo Børs. Wilhelmsen owns 37,8% of the 
company, which is reported as associate in 
Wilhelmsen’s accounts.

Total income for Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
was USD 2 958 million in 2020, a 24% reduction 
mainly due to COVID-19. Ocean revenues were 
down 26% driven by 23% lower volumes, lower 
net freight per CBM, reduced fuel surcharge 
and a decline in other revenue. Landbased 
revenues were down 20% as volumes 
dropped on temporary original equipment 
manufacturer (OEM) plant closures and 
production cutbacks.

EBITDA was USD 473 million for the year. 
Adjusting for non-recurring items, EBITDA 
was down 36% compared with 2019.

Wilhelmsen’s share of profit from Wallenius
Wilhelmsen ASA was a loss of USD 63 million 
in 2020, compared with a USD 39 million 
profit in 2019.

The Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA share price 
was up 6.3% in 2020, closing at NOK 23.20. 
As of 31 December 2020, the market value of 
Wilhelmsen’s investment was USD 435 million, 

Holding and 
investments

•  Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA 

(owned ~37.8%)

•  Treasure ASA 

(owned ~72.7%)
•  Financial assets

23

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Directors’ report

while the book value of the shareholding was 
USD 798 million. A value in use assessment has 
been made supporting the book value.

Treasure ASA
Treasure ASA holds a 11.0% ownership interest 
in Hyundai Glovis and is listed on Oslo Børs. 
Wilhelmsen owns 73,5% of Treasure ASA.

Glovis) was a loss of USD 13 million in 
2020, while dividend income was USD 4 
million. The value of the assets was USD 103 
million at the end of 2020. During the year, 
Wilhelmsen reduced its shareholding in Qube 
Holdings from 40 million to 35 million shares, 
representing a 1.8% ownership.

Treasure ASA’s main source of income is the 
dividend received from Hyundai Glovis. This is 
reported as financial income in Wilhelmsen’s 
accounts. Dividend received in 2020 was USD 
12 million.

Other holding and investments activities
Holding/other activities include general 
holding activities and certain non-financial 
investments, including Raa Labs AS (100% 
owned), Massterly AS (50%), Dolittle AS (46%), 
and Edda Wind AS (25%).

In December, Treasure ASA sold 1.04% of its 
shares in Hyundai Glovis, reducing ownership 
from 12.04% to 11.0%. Net proceeds from the sale 
were USD 63 million.

The value of Treasure ASA’s investment in 
Hyundai Glovis was USD 699 million by the 
end of 2020, up from USD 560 million by the 
end of the previous year. The USD 139 million 
increase was the net effect of a USD 202 million 
valuation gain, accounted for as change in fair 
value financial assets, and the sales proceed.

The net operating cost related to holding and 
investment activities was down for the year.

In October, Wilhelmsen completed the 
transaction acquiring 25% of Østensjø Group’s 
offshore wind company, Edda Wind AS, 
with option to buy another 25% before June 
2021. Launched in 2018, Edda Wind AS owns 
and operates service vessels supporting the 
maintenance work conducted during the 
commissioning and operation of offshore 
wind parks.

The Treasure ASA share price was up 35.5% 
for the year, closing at NOK 18.50. As of 
31 December 2020, the market value of 
Wilhelmsen’s shareholding in Treasure 
ASA was USD 347 million.

In 2020, Treasure ASA paid total dividend 
of NOK 0.40 per share, up from NOK 0.30 
per share in 2019. Total cash proceeds to 
Wilhelmsen were USD 7 million.

During the second and third quarter, Treasure 
ASA bought 3.5 million own shares in the 
market at NOK 11.00 to NOK 11.25 per share. 
Wilhelmsen maintained a holding of 160 
million shares in Treasure ASA.

Financial investments
Financial investments include cash and cash 
equivalents, current financial investments and 
other financial assets held by the parent and 
fully owned subsidiaries.

Net income from investment management was 
a gain of USD 13 million in 2020. The value of 
the current financial investment port folio held 
by the holding company was USD 124 million by 
the end of the year, up from USD 102 million one 
year earlier. The portfolio primarily included 
listed equities and investment-grade bonds.

Change in fair value of non-current financial 
assets (excluding shareholding in Hyundai 

RISK REVIEW
The Wilhelmsen group consists of a 
diversified portfolio of operating companies 
and investments. Most activities are within 
or related to the maritime industry, where 
Wilhelmsen has extensive competence and a 
long experience in  managing risks.

Risk management
The group is committed to manage risks in 
a sound manner related to its businesses 
and operations. To accomplish this, the 
governing concept of conscious strategy and 
controllable procedures for risk mitigation 
ultimately  provides a positive impact on 
profitability. The responsibility of governing 
boards, management and all employees are to 
be aware of the current environment in which 
the companies  operate, implement measures 
to mitigate risks, prepare to act upon unusual 
 observations, threats or incidents, and 
respond to risks to mitigate consequences. 
The group has put in place a risk monitoring 
process based on identification of risks for 
each business unit, and with a group risk 
 matrix presented to the board on a quarterly 
basis for review and necessary actions.

Market risk
Demands for the group’s service offerings are, 
to various degree, correlated with the global 
economy in general and maritime trade in 
particular.

24

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Maritime services are exposed to the general 
shipping markets. In 2020, global shipping 
was impacted by measures to contain the 
spread of COVID-19. In this environment, 
maritime services remained resilient and had 
an overall stable activity level outside the 
cruise segment.

Supply services’ exposure is mainly to the 
Norwegian offshore sector, but with a 
gradual expansion into other markets. Despite 
a fall in oil prices in 2020, the activity level 
remained high partly due to government 
support schemes towards the industry.

Investment exposure is skewed towards 
the global automotive and high and heavy 
markets, through the shareholding in 
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA and, indirectly, 
Hyundai Glovis. A fall in global auto 
sales in 2020 had a negative impact on 
the two companies, but a recovery is now 
underway. From a geographical perspective, 
Wilhelmsen’s investment exposure is 
overweight towards Korea and, to a less 
degree, Oceania and the Nordic region.

Operational risk
The various operating entities of the group 
are exposed to and manage risk specific to the 
markets in which they operate. The general 
risk picture broadly remains unchanged from 
previous years.

Through its global reach and broad product 
spectre, maritime services operations are 
exposed to a wide range of operational risk 
factors. These are, however, mainly related to 
local markets and specific product offerings. 
While any such incident will normally have 
limited global consequences, a major accident, 
turbulence within a key geographical market, 
product quality issues, a cyber-attack or other 
disruption of IT systems, a pandemic, or 
loss of main customers may affect the wider 
financial and operational performance.

or related to specific group companies. This 
includes exposure to currencies, oil prices, 
equity markets and interest rates, as well as 
credit risk and liquidity risk.

In the currency markets, the USD  strengthened 
against most currencies at the start of the 
COVID-19 pandemic, before weakening  towards 
the end of 2020.

The oil price remained volatile also in 2020, 
falling sharply at the start of the pandemic 
before partly recovering.

To support economic activity during the 
pandemic, most central banks have now 
cut the base interest rates close to zero. 
Indications are that this situation will 
remain for some time.

The global equity market first reacted 
 negatively to the sharp fall in economic 
activity following the pandemic, before 
recovering  supported by low interest rates 
and an  expected  economic recovery.

The group’s exposure to, and management 
of, financial risk is further described in Note 
19 to the 2020 group accounts. This includes 
foreign exchange rate risk, interest rate risk, 
investment portfolio risk, credit risk and 
liquidity risk.

All group companies were compliant with 
their loan covenant requirements in 2020.

Climate risk
Wilhelmsen is exposed to climate risk 
on a general basis and related to specific 
group companies.

Physical risks related to the maritime services 
and supply services assets and operations, 
such as more extreme weather and rising 
water levels, are considered to be medium to 
long term risks.

Supply services operations will have a similar 
risk exposure as maritime services, though 
mainly related to the offshore industry and the 
northern European region.

Transition risks related to the group are 
considered to be more short to medium term. 
This includes regulatory, reputational,  market, 
and technology risks.

The group has established a range of measures 
to avoid or mitigate the consequences of 
operational risk incidents. In 2020, safe 
operation during the pandemic and cyber 
risk have received special attention.

Financial risk
Wilhelmsen remains exposed to a wide range 
of financial risks, either on a general basis 

The energy transition and the decarbonisation 
of shipping are the backdrop for the trans ition 
risks for the group, but also present significant 
opportunities.

The International Maritime Organisation’s 
(IMO) greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 
ambition coupled with the enabling measures 
for the EU’s green deal, other regional and 

25

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Directors’ report

national government’s climate measures 
and energy transition priorities, as well as 
the finance  sector’s increased attention on 
environmental, social, and governance (ESG) 
issues, all exemplify the changing landscape 
for Wilhelmsen.

and according to international and local 
guidelines. Management has also been active 
in raising awareness of the need for seafarers 
to be recognized as key workers, to enable the 
safe and unhindered movement of seafarers to 
and from their workplace.

The work to identify, measure and manage 
climate risk will continue, building on the 
recommendations from the Task force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD).

HEALTH, WORKING ENVIRONMENT, 
AND SAFETY
Working environment and occupational health
The company conducts its business with 
respect for human rights and labour standards, 
including conventions and guidelines related 
to the prevention of child or forced labour, 
minimum wage and salary, working conditions 
and freedom of association. Employees and 
external stakeholders are encouraged to report 
on non-compliant behaviour through the 
group’s global whistleblowing system.

Exposure hours
In 2020, there were around 44.8 million 
exposure hours (work hours) in the group. 
Vessel based operations accounted for 
79% of total exposure hours and onshore 
operations accounted for 21%.

Sickness absence and occupational disease
The group’s variety of ongoing initiatives to 
maintain a healthy work environment were 
particularly critical during the year. The focus 
was on physical and mental health, working 
conditions including working from home, 
employee assistance program, safe social 
activities, employee engagement surveys 
and opportunities for personal development.

The sickness absence rate was 2.01% for 
onshore operations, and 0.01% on vessels, 
in line with previous year. There were no 
occupational disease cases recorded in 2020.

Turnover
The turnover rate for employees in the parent 
company and fully owned subsidiaries was 
11.25% in 2020, in line with previous years. 
The turnover rate varies between segments.

Lost time injuries and total recordable cases
There were zero work related fatalities in 2020. 

For vessel-based operations, safety campaigns 
focused on COVID-19 measures and mental 
health and wellness. During the year, crew 
changes were conducted where possible, 
when risk mitigation conditions were met, 

In 2020, the lost-time injury frequency (LTIF) 
rate for sailing personnel was 0.28, within the 
target not to exceed 0.50. The total recordable 
case frequency (TRCF) rate was 1.40, within 
the target not to exceed 2.80. The LTIF rate 
target for 2021 is not to exceed 0.40 and the 
TRCF rate is not to exceed 2.80.

For onshore operations, campaigns focused 
on COVID-19 measures and mental and 
physical health and wellness, including the 
working from home situation. At the end 
of the year, approximately 60% of onshore 
employees were working from home.

The LTIF rate onshore was 0.13 in 2020, within 
target not to exceed 0.5. The TRCF rate result 
of 0.30 was within target not to exceed 1.5. 
The LTIF rate target for 2021 is not to exceed 
0.40 and the TRCF rate is not to exceed 1.0.

All reported incidents were investigated to 
avoid similar incidents in the future, improve 
necessary training and awareness measures.

Near miss incidents and safety observations
Safety observation reporting on vessel 
operations increased in 2020 with 10 969 
observations reported for the year compared 
to 9 782 in 2019.

Safety observation and risk assessment 
reporting onshore improved in 2020, mainly 
due to increased recording of the Take5 safety 
assessments conducted by ships agency 
employees. 9 450 observations were reported 
versus 8 414 in 2019.

All reported near misses were investigated to 
avoid similar incidents in the future, improve 
necessary training and awareness measures, 
and improve control measures.

Sharing of safety moments and lessons 
learned continued, particularly in the 
response to COVID-19 measures and cases. 
Reporting and utilisation of analytics to 
identify key potential improvement areas 
continues to be in focus.

Working committee and executive committee
The management cooperates closely with 
employees through several bodies, including 
the joint working committee and the executive 

26

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

committee for industrial democracy in 
foreign trade shipping. This cooperation gives 
valuable input to solve company related issues 
in a constructive way.

The joint working committee discusses 
issues related to health, work environment 
and safe ty.

The executive committee for industrial 
democracy in foreign trade shipping considers 
general business, financial and governance 
issues of importance to the company and the 
workforce. In 2020, both committees held 
official meetings according to plan.

ORGANISATION AND PEOPLE DEVELOPMENT
Workforce
The group’s head office is in Norway, and the 
group has 229 offices in 62 countries  within 
its controlled structure. The group  employed 
10 639 seafarers and 4 813 land-based 
 employees at the end of 2020.

Equal opportunities
Wilhelmsen has a clear policy stating that  
employees have the right to equal opportunities. 
Harassment and discrimination based on race, 
gender or similar grounds, or other behaviour 
that may be perceived as threat ening or 
degrading, is not acceptable.

Females represent 35% of the land-based work 
force, 25% of senior management positions, 
and 1% of the seafarer work force.

One of the four members of the company’s 
group management is female and two of the 
five directors on the board of directors of 
Wilhelmsen are female.

Driving performance
Wilhelmsen strives to create a performance 
culture where engaged employees deliver 
desired results and are rewarded accordingly.

Employee performance and engagement 
is measured through annual surveys, 
performance appraisals and annual 
activity plans.

In the third quarter of 2020, Wilhelmsen 
conducted an employee engagement survey 
including specific questions related to the 
company’s response to the pandemic.

The results point to consistent and positive 
high engagement. Employees responded 
that they feel well taken care off, have 
received sufficient and timely information, 
have experienced the company taking 

sufficient measures to reduce risk of infection, 
and have been able to keep motivation despite 
most working from home.

There is always room for improvement. Senior 
management and individual managers in all 
locations were required to conduct follow up 
discussions with their teams. Where results 
were less than the expected benchmark, 
managers were required to implement specific 
actions to improve results.

Compensation and benefits
The purpose of Wilhelmsen’s compensation 
and benefit framework is to drive performance 
and to attract and retain employees with the 
right experience and knowledge deemed 
necessary to achieve the company’s strategic 
ambitions. The framework takes local 
regulations and competition into account, as 
well as the responsibility and complexity of 
the position.

The bonus schemes are one of several 
instruments to drive performance. Bonus is paid 
if set bonus targets are reached. Compensation 
to executives is described in the notes 6 and 2 
to the group and parent accounts respectively. 
Wilhelmsen also issues a statement on the 
remuneration for senior executives, note 16 
to the parent company accounts.

Investing in competence
Learning and innovation is one of the 
group’s core values, and Wilhelmsen places 
particular emphasis on continuous learning 
through on-the-job experiences, tasks 
and problem solving feedback, coaching 
 (formal and informal) and networks and 
formal classroom courses, e-learning, 
seminars and videos.

A learning organisation with motivated 
employees contributes to efficient operations 
and has a positive impact on revenue 
and earnings.

Personal development plans for all employees 
are integrated in the performance appraisal 
and review process. In 2020, the average hours 
of formal training recorded per employee was 
eight hours.

Developing leaders for the future
To meet challenging and changing 
environments, Wilhelmsen is dependent 
on highly capable leaders.

In 2020, a new leadership development 
approach was developed for all approximately 
850 leaders in the group. The leadership 

27

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
Group

Directors’ report

development journey is a continuous program 
consisting of two or three learning modules 
per year, with a strong focus on building cross 
divisional and cross company peer networks. 
The top 160 leaders completed their first 
module in 2020, and the middle and frontline 
leaders will start in 2021.

Whistle blowing and anti-corruption
In 2020, there were 25 whistles received 
related to allegations of fraud/corruption, 
data protection, health and safety, and HR 
related matters.

In 22 of the whistles the reported issues have 
been concluded with appropriate action 
taken, while three were pending a conclusion 
at year end.

The COVID-19 situation has been a challenge 
during 2020 for compliance activities that 
require travel and physical presence at our 
locations, such as investigations and audits. 
Scheduled internal business standards 
audits were postponed due to the situation, 
and a follow up of potential irregularities 
was conducted by providing guidance and 
instructions to local and regional resources. 
Several internal fraud cases have been 
detected, with one case reported to the police.

To continue competence building with 
employees, a new business standards program 
will be rolled out in 2021 including the areas of 
anticorruption, theft and fraud, whistleblowing, 
competition law and personal data protection.

ENVIRONMENT
Wilhelmsen works to reduce the 
environmental impact of our own and our 
customers’ operations, as well as addressing 
industry and societal issues, climate action 
and marine litter and pollution.

Ship management
Ship management provides full technical 
management, crewing and related services for 
all major vessel types, and as such is in a good 
position to influence compliant, sensible, safe 
and environmentally sound operations for 
vessel owners.

To provide value to customers and reduce 
environmental impact, ship management’s 
ongoing goal is to work with customers to 
optimize vessel and voyage operations and 
collaborate on the development of alternative 
fuels including hydrogen.

Ship management promotes responsible 
consumption and recycling programs 

onboard and onshore, and is proactive in 
reducing plastics in vessel operations by 
introducing requirements towards suppliers 
and  facilitating industry initiatives to reduce 
single use plastics in the maritime industry.

Ships service
Wilhelmsen Chemicals is located in Norway, 
a 12 000 sqm production facility with 
chemical tanks, storage facilities and a 
deep-water quay. The site does not produce 
chemicals, but brings in different components 
and mixes it to become products distributed 
nationally in Norway and globally through 
the ships service network. The operation 
is certified according to the ISO14001 
standard and has focus on utilising chemical 
components that are less harmful to the 
environment, employees and customers.

Ships agency offers full agency,  husbandry 
and protective agency services in 2 200 
port locations. In 2020, a visibility tool 
was developed to support vessel operators 
make informed decisions about the optimal 
 location to land plastic and other waste. 
The tool initially covers 167 ports and will be 
 further extended.

NorSea Group
NorSea Group has seven bases covering 
2 451 000 sqm. When investing, developing 
and operating bases, environmental aspects 
and impacts are addressed in five key areas: 
infrastructure, machines and equipment, 
buildings, digitalization and improvement, 
and collaboration and new business concepts.

Bases set environmental targets and 
improvement projects based on their 
individual site risk assessments. The 
operations are certified according to the 
ISO 14001 standard and focus areas include 
energy and emissions, waste and recycling, oil 
separators, tanks and  chemical handling. 

Activities related to energy transition and 
emissions reductions include the installation 
of shore power, gradual electrification of the 
machine park, and supporting infrastructure 
development to contribute to the hydrogen 
and carbon capture value chains.

Climate related reporting and disclosures
In 2021, the required work to systematically 
account for and manage the group greenhouse 
gas (GHG) emissions inventory will be complete. 
All entities where Wilhelmsen have more than 
50% ownership will be included in the inventory 
and appropriate GHG emission reduction 
targets will be determined to direct activities.

28

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The board believes sound corporate 
governance is a foundation for profitable 
growth and that it provides a healthy company 
culture. A good governance contributes to 
reducing risk and creating long-term value for 
shareholders and other stakeholders.

Wilhelmsen observes the Norwegian Code of 
Practice for corporate governance, in addition 
to requirements specified in the Norwegian 
Public Companies Act and the Norwegian 
Accounting Act. The board’s corporate 
gov ernance report for 2020 can be found in 
the annual report and on wilhelmsen.com. It 
is the board’s view that the company has an 
appropriate governance structure and that it is 
managed in a satisfactory way. The corporate 
governance  report is to be considered by the 
annual  general meeting on 22 April 2021.

SUSTAINABILITY
Wilhelmsen assesses environmental, social 
and corporate governance (ESG) issues in 
its investment analysis, business decisions, 
ownership practises and financial reporting. 
The company has a sustainability policy that 
includes human rights, labour standards and 
a commitment to promote environmental 
 responsibility.

UN Global Compact (UNGC) engagement
Wilhelmsen subscribes to the 10 principles 
of the UNGC and works actively within the 
UNGC Sustainable ocean business action 
platform to partner with other serious 
actors to contribute to the achievement of 
the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 
During 2020, a special COVID-19 task force 
was also established in the platform and 
delivered several papers and interventions to 
address the crew change challenges.

Sustainability governance
The board is committed to a sustainable 
strategy and acknowledges that it is a 
vital prerequisite for Wilhelmsen to be a 
profitable and responsible player in the 
industry and society at large. With an aim to 
increase transparency, Wilhelmsen issues a 
sustainability report following the guidelines 
set forward in the Global Reporting Initiative’s 
(GRI) sustainability reporting standards. The 
report describes how Wilhelmsen combines 
long-term profitability with emphasis on 
ESG factors.

The full report is available on wilhelmsen.com.

Materiality assessment
The company conducts materiality 

assessments to ensure attention is on material 
aspects of the group’s business. The content 
of the 2020 sustainability report is defined 
by a materiality assessment conducted in 
2018 where the following aspects are of most 
importance:
• Ethics and anti-corruption.
• Health and safety.
• Responsible procurement.
• Cyber security and data protection.

Wilhelmsen conducted a new materiality 
assessment review in 2020, and the outcome 
will be used to focus the 2021 activities and 
reporting.

Focus areas and achievements in 2020
In 2020, the following areas received 
 particular attention:
• Employee engagement.
• Ethics and anti-corruption.
• Health, safety and wellbeing.
• Responsible procurement.
• Cyber security and data protection.
• Climate risk and opportunities.
• Partnerships for sustainable innovations.

The company’s achievements included:
• Positive and consistent employee 

 engagement score and positive response to 
the company’s COVID-19 response measures.

• Increased employee awareness in cyber 
security, and strengthened 24/7 security 
operations capabilities.

• Several key investments and ongoing 

projects contributing to the decarbonisation 
of shipping and the energy transition.

Focus areas for 2021
The company will continue to focus its efforts 
on high materiality areas based on the revised 
materiality assessment:
• Ethics and anti-corruption.
• Health, safety and wellness.
• Cyber security.
• Business offering and model innovation.

In addition, the company will intensify focus 
on strategic areas of:
• Decarbonisation of shipping and  

maritime services.

• Renewable energy transition.
• Reducing marine litter and pollution.

Stakeholder engagement
The company is regularly in dialogue with key 
stakeholders who engage with issues relating 
to the maritime industry and the activities 
of the Wilhelmsen group. The dialogue 
contributes to understanding the expectations 
of the community and transferring them 

29

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Directors’ report

to the group. It also enables the company 
to communicate decisions to stakeholders 
and provide them with explanations for our 
underlying motives.

In 2020, Wilhelmsen was engaged in 
dialogues with governments, investors, 
non-governmental organisations and other 
stakeholders discussing topics related to the 
group or industry at large. Topics covered 
included financial issues, compliance, 
innovation, decarbonisation of shipping, 
renewable energy and sustainability 
in general.

The work of the nomination committee 
follows the guidelines set by the shareholders. 
In line with procedures described on the 
Wilhelmsen website, shareholders and other 
interested parties have been invited to put 
forward candidates for the board and the 
nomination committee. The committee 
has also been in dialogue with selected 
shareholders and has actively approached 
relevant potential candidates.

ALLOCATION OF PROFIT, DIVIDEND, AND 
SHARE BUY BACK
The board’s proposal for allocation of the net 
profit for the year is as follows:

OUTLOOK
Group business drivers
Wilhelmsen is a global provider of maritime 
related services, transportation, and logistics 
solutions. The prospects for the group and 
its business segments are, to various degree, 
correlated with general development in world 
economy and trade.

After an estimated 3-4% drop in global GDP in 
2020 due to measures implemented to contain 
the pandemic. A rebound is expected to take 
place in 2021 and 2022.

Measures implemented to contain spread of 
COVID-19 also have an impact on the global 
operation, with majority of office employees 
still working from home at the start of 2021. 
Travel restrictions in many countries will also 
continue to create operational issues related 
to crew changes.

Outlook for maritime services
While most shipping markets are affected by 
changes in world output and trade, individual 
shipping segments are often more impacted 
by factors specific to each segment. During 
the pandemic, the cruise industry has been 
 particularly hard hit, while cargo ships have 
been less so. This situation is expected to 
 continue into 2021.

Parent company accounts (NOK thousand)

Profit for the year 

From equity 
Proposed dividend

Total allocations 

188 157

(34 743)
222 900

188 157

For ships service, having a broad exposure 
to the general shipping industry, operating 
income is expected to remain below historic 
levels during the first part of 2021. The largest 
impact will remain from reduction in cruise 
activities, representing 10-15% of operating 
income pre COVID-19.

The board is proposing a NOK 5.00 dividend 
per share payable during the second quarter 
of 2021, representing a total payment of NOK 
223 million (excluding shares owned by the 
company). The dividend proposal includes 
NOK 2.00 in extraordinary dividend to 
compensate for the reduced dividend paid 
in 2020, and NOK 3.00 as a first dividend 
payment for the year 2020.

The board is granted an authorisation to, 
on behalf of the company, acquire up to 
10% of the company’s own issued shares. 
The authori sation is valid until the annual 
general meeting in 2021, but no longer than 
to 30 June 2021. Following a buyback program 
completed in 2019, Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding 
ASA owns a total of 1 823 824 own shares, split 
on 537 092 A-shares and 1 286 732 B-shares. 
This is equivalent to 3.93% of total shares in 
the company.

For ship management, operating income is 
expected to gradually increase, supported by 
a targeted growth in ships on  management. 
The new Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Ship 
Management joint venture will  create a platform 
for further expansion in the  container segment.

Outlook for supply services
NorSea Group, where Wilhelmsen has a 
75.2% shareholding, remains exposed to 
the Norwegian oil and gas industry, but is 
gradually expanding into other activities. 
A partial recovery in the oil price together with 
a Norwegian stimulus package for the industry 
has created a more positive market sentiment 
compared with the outlook in the early 
stage of the pandemic. Income from supply 
base real estate properties will continue to 
be important for long term value creation, 
while offshore wind activities are expected to 
gradually increase.

30

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

For governmental services, the investment 
in Olavsvern Group AS completed in the 
first quarter of 2021 creates new growth 
opportunities. Outside this, no major change 
in activity level and income is projected in the 
short term.

Outlook for holding and investment activities
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA, where 
Wilhelmsen has a 37.8% stake, is a market 
leader in shipping and logistics services to the 
global automotive, rolling equipment, and 
breakbulk industries. The markets in which 
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA operate have 
recovered significantly since the sharp drop in 
volumes observed during early parts of 2020, 
but volumes remain below 2019 levels and 
sales patterns remain unstable. Due to overall 
global fleet reduction, low order book and a 
rebound in volumes, overall industry supply-
demand balance is expected to improve 
mid-term. 

Treasure ASA, where Wilhelmsen has a 73.5% 
shareholding, is an investment company 
with an 11% shareholding in Hyundai Glovis 
as the main asset. Treasure ASA also has a 
USD 64 million cash balance following sale 
of a 1.04% share in Hyundai Glovis late 2020. 
The Hyundai Glovis share price has improved 
since year end but remains volatile.

Other financial investments primarily include 
a broad portfolio of mainly listed equities 
and investment-grade bonds. The largest 
individual investment is in Qube where 
Wilhelmsen retains a 1.8% shareholding.

Edda Wind AS, where Wilhelmsen acquired 
a 25% stake late 2020, has two vessels in 
operation and four newbuilds, of which two 
have secured long term charters. The option 
to acquire another 25% of Edda Wind AS was 
declared on 8 March 2021. 

Outlook for the Wilhelmsen group
Wilhelmsen holds leading positions in several 
maritime industry segments. The combined 
forces of extensive business knowledge, global 
network, innovative organisation, and strong 
solidity will continue to support development 
of the group.

Wilhelmsen is exposed to global trade. 
Uncertainty remains on future development of 
global trade, including global economic growth, 
trade restrictions and the environment. In the 
short term, measures to stop the spread of the 
coronavirus will continue to have a negative 
impact on most business activities. Wilhelmsen 
retains its robustness and capacity to both meet 
such eventualities and to actively expand its 
footprint within targeted business segments.

Lysaker,	24	March	2021
The	board	of	directors	of	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Diderik	Schnitler	(sign)
chair

Rebekka	Glasser	Herlofsen	(sign)

Ulrika	Laurin	(sign)

Carl	E	Steen	(sign)

Trond	Westlie	(sign)

Thomas	Wilhelmsen	(sign)
group	CEO

31

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Energy 
transition

The challenge: The world needs sources of renewable 
energy, and the offshore wind industry is part of the answer. 

The solution: To solve parts of the value chain and to tackle 
some of the challenges of offshore wind power, Wilhelmsen 
joined forces with Edda Wind to support the maintenance 
work conducted during the commissioning and operation 
of offshore wind parks.

3

Accounts
and notes
– group

Group

Accounts and notes

Income statement Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

USD mill

Operating revenue

Other	income	
Total income

Operating expenses
Cost	of	goods	and	change	in	inventory
Employee	benefits
Other	expenses
Depreciation
Total operating expenses

Operating profit

Share	of	profit/(loss)	from	joint	ventures	and	associates
Change	in	fair	value	financial	assets	
Financial	income
Financial	expenses

Profit before tax

Tax	income/(expense)
Profit for the period

Of	which:
Profit	attributable	to	the	equity	holders	of	the	company	
Profit	attributable	to	non-controlling	interests

Basic	/	diluted	earnings	per	share	(USD)

 Note 

1/3/21

1

15
6
1/21
7/8

4
14
1
1

9

10

2020 

2019 

 807 

 5 
 812 

 (243)
 (299)
 (131)
 (78)
 (751)

 60 

 (50)
 192 
 46 
 (44)

 205 

 (27)
 178 

 117 
 61 

 2.63 

 836 

 14 
 850 

 (247)
 (306)
 (148)
 (71)
 (772)

 78 

 49 
 34 
 33 
 (49)

 144 

 (15)
 130 

 114 
 16 

 2.46 

Comprehensive income Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

Profit	for	the	year

 178 

 130 

Items that may be reclassified to the income statement
Cash	flow	hedges	(net	after	tax)
Comprehensive	income	from	associates
Currency	translation	differences	
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement
Remeasurement	postemployment	benefits,	net	of	tax
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity	holders	of	the	company
Non-controlling	interests
Total comprehensive income for the year

19

11

 (3)
 (4)
 33 

 (3)
 23 
 200 

 141 
 59 
 200 

 1 
 (2)
 (2)

 (1)
 (3)
 127 

 111 
 16 
 127 

Notes 1 to 26 on the next pages are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

36

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Balance sheet Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

USD mill

Note

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

ASSETS
Non current assets
Deferred	tax	asset
Property,	vessel	and	other	tangible	assets
Goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets
Right-of-use	assets	
Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	associates
Financial	assets	to	fair	value	
Other	non	current	assets
Total non current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Current	financial	investments
Other	current	assets
Cash	and	cash	equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Paid-in	capital
Retained	earnings	and	other	reserves
Shareholders' equity 
Non-controlling	interests
Total equity

Non current liabilities
Pension	liabilities
Deferred	tax
Non	current	interest-bearing	debt
Non	current	lease	liabilities	
Other	non	current	liabilities
Total non current liabilities

Current liabilities
Current	income	tax
Public	duties	payable
Current	interest-bearing	debt
Current	lease	liabilities
Other	current	liabilities
Total current liabilities
Total equity and liabilities 

9
7
7
8
4
14/19
12

15
16/19
12/17
17

11
9
18/19
8/18
12

9

18/19
8/18
12

55
560
141
177
973
801
28
2 736

84
124
274
269
751
3 488

122
1 886
2 008
257
2 265

25
12
426
161
23
647

14
14
38
31
478
576
3 488

Lysaker	24	March	2021
The	board	of	directors	of	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Diderik	Schnitler	(sign)
chair

Trond	Westlie	(sign)

Carl	E	Steen	(sign)

Thomas	Wilhelmsen	(sign)
group	CEO

Rebekka	Glasser	Herlofsen	(sign)

	Ulrika	Laurin	(sign)

Notes 1 to 26 on the next pages are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 57 
 555 
 151 
 173 
 1 003 
 675 
 25 
 2 638 

 82 
 102 
 317 
 153 
 655 
 3 293 

 122
 1 758 
 1 880 
 202 
 2 082 

 20 
 11 
 429 
 154 
 28 
 643 

 9 
 12 
 65 
 27 
 455 
 568 
 3 293 

37

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020                                                                                           
Group

Accounts and notes

Cash flow statement Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

USD mill

Note

2020

2019

Cash flow from operating activities

Profit	before	tax	

Share	of	(profit)/loss	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Changes	in	fair	value	financial	assets

Financial	(income)/expenses

Depreciation/impairment

(Gain)/loss	on	sale	of	fixed	assets

Gain	from	sale	of	subsidiaries,	joint	ventures	and	associates

Change	in	inventories

Change	in	working	capital

Tax	paid	(company	income	tax,	withholding	tax)

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Dividend	received	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Proceeds	from	sale	of	fixed	assets

Investments	in	tangible	and	intangible	assets	

Net	proceeds	from	sale	of	subsidiaries

Net	proceeds	from	sale	of	joint	ventures	and	associates

Investments	in	subsidaries,	joint	ventures	and	associates

Loan	repayments	received	from	sale	of	subsidiaries

Proceeds	from	dividend	and	sale	of	financial	investments

Current	financial	investments

Interest	received

Net cash flow from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Net	proceeds	from	issue	of	debt	after	debt	expenses

Repayment	of	debt

Repayment	of	lease	liability

Interest	paid	including	interest	derivatives

Interest	paid	on	lease	liability

Cash	from/(to)	financial	derivatives	

Dividend	to	shareholders/purchase	of	own	shares	

Net cash flow from financing activities

Net	increase	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	the	beginning	of	the	period

Cash and cash equivalents at 31.12

4

14

1

7/8

1

1/4

4

7

4

1

18

18

8

1

1/8

 205 

 50 

 (192)

 (2)

 78 

 (5)

 1 

 70 

 (9)

 194 

 21 

 7 

 (37)

 (34)

 146 

 (62)

 1 

 41 

 19 

 (60)

 (18)

 (18)

 (10)

 (14)

 (18)

 (119)

 115 

 153 

 269 

 144

 (49)

 (34)

 17

 71

 (8)

 (6)

 (9)

 (19)

 (8)

 98 

 33 

 17 

 (40)

 3 

 34 

 (3)

 6 

 65 

 (38)

 4 

 81 

 93 

 (136)

 (24)

 (25)

 (11)

 (62)

 (165)

 14 

 140 

 153 

The	group	is	located	and	operating	world	wide	and	every	entity	has	several	bank	accounts	in	different	currencies.	The	cash	flow	effect	from	revaluation	of	cash	and	
cash	equivalents	is	included	in	net	cash	flow	provided	by	operating	activities.

Notes 1 to 26 on the next pages are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

38

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 
 
Equity Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

USD mill

 Share capital 

 Own shares 

 Retained 
earnings 

 Total 

 Non-
controlling 
interests  

 Total equity 

Balance	31.12.2019

 122 

 (4)

 1 761 

 1 880 

 202 

 2 082 

Comprehensive income for the period:

Profit	for	the	period

Other	comprehensive	income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners:

Change	in	non-controlling	interests

Own	shares*

Dividends

Balance 31.12.2020

*Treasure	ASA	acquired	3.965.000	shares	during	2020.

 117 

 24 

 141 

 (3)

 (9)

 117 

 24 

 141 

 (3)

 (9)

 122 

 (4)

 1 890 

 2 008 

 61 

 (1)

 59 

 (1)

 (3)

 257 

 178 

 23 

 200 

 (1)

 (3)

 (13)

 2 265 

USD mill

Share capital 

Own 
shares 

Retained 
earnings 

 Total 

Non-
controlling 
interests  

Total equity 

Balance	31.12.2018

 122 

 1 853 

 1 975 

 212 

 2 188 

Comprehensive income for the period:

Profit	for	the	period

Other	comprehensive	income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners:

Change	in	non-controlling	interests*

Own	shares	**

Dividends

Balance 31.12.2019

 114 

 (3)

 111 

 5 

 (27)

 (26)

 114 

 (3)

 111 

 5 

 (31)

 (26)

 1 761 

 1 880 

 16 

 16 

 (5)

 (5)

 202 

 130 

 (3)

 127 

 (0)

 (31)

 (31)

 2 082 

 (4)

 (4)

 122 

*	Liquidation	of	2.200.000	own	shares	in	Treasure	ASA.
**	WWH	acquired	own	shares	30	September	2019	for	USD	31	million,	represented	537.092	A-shares	and	1.286.732	B-shares.	Average	cost	per	shares	was	NOK	144.00.

Dividend	for	fiscal	year	2019	was	NOK	2.00	per	share	and	was	paid	in	May	2020.

Dividend	for	fiscal	year	2018	was	NOK	5.00	per	share,	where	NOK	2.50	
per	share	was	paid	in	May	2019	and	NOK	2.50	per	share	was	paid	in	
	November 2019.

The	proposed	dividend	for	fiscal	year	2020	is	NOK	5.00	per	share,	payable	in	
May	2021.	

A	decision	on	this	proposal	will	be	taken	by	the	annual	general	meeting	
on	22	April	2021.	The	proposed	dividend	is	not	accrued	in	the	year-end	
	balance 	sheet.

The	dividend	will	have	effect	on	retained	earnings	in	second	quarter	2021.

Notes 1 to 26 on the next pages are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

39

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020    
 
Group

Accounts and notes

General accounting principle Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group
GENERAL INFORMATION
Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	(referred	to	as	the	parent	company)	is	domiciled	
in	Norway.	The	consolidated	accounts	for	fiscal	year	2020	include	the	parent	
company	and	its	subsidiaries	(referred	to	collectively	as	the	group)	and	the	
group’s	share	of	joint	ventures	and	associated	companies.

actual	underlying	business,	its	present	and	forecast	profitability	over	time,	
and	expectations	about	external	factors	such	as	interest	rates,	foreign	
exchange	rates	and	oil	prices	which	are	outside	the	group’s	and	parent	
company’s	control.	This	presents	a	substantial	risk	that	actual	conditions	
will	vary	from	the	estimates.	

The	annual	accounts	for	the	group	and	the	parent	company	were	issued	by	the	
board	of	directors	on	24	March	2021.

BASIS OF PREPARATION
Compliance with IFRS
The	consolidated	accounts	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	
International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS),	as	endorsed	by	the	
European	Union.	The	separate	financial	statements	for	the	parent	company	
have	been	prepared	and	presented	in	accordance	with	simplified	IFRS	as 
approved	by	Ministry	of	Finance	10	December	2019.	In	the	separate	statements	
the	exception	from	IFRS	for	recognition	of	dividends	and	group	contributions	is	
applied.	Otherwise,	the	explanations	of	the	accounting	policy	for	the	group	also	
apply	to	the	separate	statements,	and	the	notes	to	the	consolidated	financial	
statements	will	to	a	large	degree	also	cover	the	separate	statements.

Wilhelmsen	also	provides	additional	disclosures	in	accordance	with	
requirements	in	the	Norwegian	Accounting	Act	related	to	remuneration	to	the	
board	and	the	management.	

The	company	is	a	public	limited	liability	company,	listed	on	the	Oslo	Stock	
Exchange.

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
When	preparing	the	financial	statements,	the	group	and	the	parent	company	
must	make	assumptions	and	estimates.	These	estimates	are	based	on	the	

Most	statements	of	financial	position	items	will	be	affected	by	uncertainty	
related	to	estimates	and	assumption	to	a	certain	degree.	The	items	most	
affected,	and	where	estimates	and	assumptions	are	assessed	to	have	the	
greatest	significance	include:

•  Deferred	tax	asset	(Note	9)
•  Goodwill	(Note	7)
•  Leases	(Note	8)
•  Loss	allowance	on	accounts	receivable	(Note	13)
•  Provisions	and	other	non-current	liabilities	(Note	12)

Accounting	principles	applied,	estimates	and	assumptions	used	by	
management	are	presented	in	the	respective	notes.

Financial reporting principles
The	financial	reporting	principles	are	described	in	the	relevant	notes	in	the	
consolidated	financial	statements	and	in	the	notes	in	the	financial	statements	
of	the	parent	company.

The	financial	reporting	principles	described	in	the	consolidated	financial	
statements	also	apply	to	the	financial	statements	of	the	parent	company,	
unless	otherwise	stated.

40

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Note 1 Combined	items,	income	statement

USD mill

OPERATING REVENUE

Ships	service	

Supply	services

Ship	management	and	crewing

Other	services	

Total operating revenue

OTHER INCOME

Gain	on	sale	of	assets

Total other income 

OTHER EXPENSES

Office	expenses

Communication	and	IT	expenses

External	services

Travel	and	meeting	expenses

Marketing	expenses

Lease	expenses

Other	operating	expenses

Total other expenses

Financial items

Investment	management

Interest	income

Dividend	from	financial	assets	

Other	financial	items

Net financial items

Financial expenses

Interest	expenses

Interest	expenses	lease	liabilities	

Other	financial	expenses	

Net financial expenses

Financial - currency gain/(loss)

Operating	currency	-	net	

Financial	currency	-	net	

Derivatives	for	hedging	of	cash	flow	risk	-	realised

Derivatives	for	hedging	of	cash	flow	risk	-	unrealised

Net financial - currency gain/(loss)

Financial income/(expenses)

Spesification of financial income and expenses

Net	financial	items

Net	currency	derivatives

Financial income

Net	financial	-	interest	expenses

Net	financial	currency

Financial expenses

See note 19 on financial risk and the section of the accounting policies concerning financial derivatives.

Note

2020

2019

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/3

21

8

21

8

 480 

 260 

 47 

 19 

 807 

 5 

 5 

 (11)

 (31)

 (22)

 (4)

 (2)

 (12)

 (49)

 528 

 249 

 45 

 13 

 836 

 14 

 14 

 (16)

 (26)

 (20)

 (9)

 (3)

 (10)

 (64)

 (131)

 (148)

 13 

 1 

 16 

 1 

 31 

 (18)

 (10)

 (8)

 (36)

 (4)

 (3)

 (14)

 29 

 7 

 2 

 31 

 15 

 46 

 (36)

 (7)

 (44)

 12 

 4 

 16 

 1 

 33 

 (25)

 (11)

 (5)

 (41)

 7 

 (10)

 (10)

 4 

 (8)

 (17)

 33 

 33 

 (41)

 (8)

 (49)

41

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Accounts and notes

Note 2 Segment	reporting

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCIPLES
The	operating	segments	are	reported	in	a	manner	consistent	with	the	internal	
financial	reporting	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision-maker.

The	chief	operating	decision-maker,	who	is	responsible	for	allocating	resources	
and	assessing	performance	of	the	operating	segments,	has	been	identified	
as	the	board	and	Group	Management	Team,	consisting	of	the	group	chief	
execu	tive	officer	(group	CEO)	and	three	executive	managers.

SEGMENTS
The	chief	operating	decision-maker	monitors	the	business	by	combining	
entities	with	similar	operational	characteristics	such	as	product,	services,	
market	and	underlying	asset	base,	into	operating	segments.	

and	operation	of	properties	both	on	and	off	the	supply	bases.	In	addition	to	
the	activity	in	Norway,	the	segment	offers	its	services	in	both	Denmark	and	in	
the	UK.	The	international	activity	consists	of	both	operation	of	supply	bases,	
maintenance	of	rigs	and	handling	of	logistics	related	to	international	pipeline	
projects	and	windmill	parks.	

The	Holding	and	Investments	segment	includes	the	parent	company,	Wilh.	
Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA,	Treasure	ASA	group,	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	
AS	group	and	other	minor	activities	(WilService	AS,	Wilhelmsen	Accounting	
Services	AS	and	corporate	group	activities	like	operational	management,	legal,	
finance,	portfolio	management,	communication	and	human	relations)	which	fail	
to	meet	the	definition	for	other	core	activities.

The	group’s	investments	in	WAWI	and	Edda	Wind	AS	is	presented	as	part	of	
Holding	and	Investments	as	investments	in	associates.

The	Maritime	Services	segment	offers	marine	products,	ship	agency	services	
and	logistics	to	the	merchant	fleet	and	ship	management	including	manning	for	
all	major	vessel	types,	through	a	worldwide	network	of	more	than	229	offices	in	
some	62	countries.

Eliminations	are	between	the	group’s	three	segments	mentioned	above.

The	segment	income	statement	are	measured	in	the	same	way	as	in	the	
financial	statements.

The	Supply	Services	segment	is	mainly	related	to	the	operation	of	supply	
bases	for	the	offshore	industry	in	Norway,	as	well	as	real	estate	development	

The	segment	information	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision-maker	for	
the	reportable	segments	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2020	is	as	follows:

USD mill

Maritime Services

Supply Services 

Holding  
and Investments

Eliminations

Total

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

INCOME STATEMENT

Operating	revenue

Gain	on	sale	of	asset

Total income

Cost	of	goods	and	change	in 	inventory

Employee	benefits

Other	expenses

Operating profit/(loss) 
 before  depreciation, amortisation 
and  impairment

Depreciation	and	impairment

Operating profit/(loss)

Share	of	profit/(loss)	from	associates	

Changes	in	fair	value	financial	assets

Net	financial	income/(expenses)

Profit before tax

Tax	income/(expense)

Profit for the period

Non-controlling	interests

 542 

2

544

 (166)

 (199)

 (91)

89

 (39)

 50 

 1 

 (14)

 37 

 (19)

 18 

Profit to the equity holders of the company

 17 

 582 

9

591

 (181)

 (204)

 (103)

103

 (29)

 73 

 4 

 (27)

 (24)

 27 

 (12)

 15 

1

 14 

 260 

 3 

263

 (77)

 (88)

 (40)

 57

 (35)

 22 

 249 

6

255

 (65)

 (89)

 (42)

59

 (37)

 22 

 11 

 6 

 (17)

 16 

 (3)

 13 

 3 

 10 

 (19)

 8 

 (3)

 5 

 1 

 4 

Supply	Services;	one	customer	represent	about	20%	of	the	total	revenue.

 14 

 11 

 (10)

14

11

 (10)

 (7)

 (7)

 8 

 5 

 (1)

 1 

 (1)

 1 

 (1)

 (12)

 (8)

 (7)

 (5)

 (12)

 (62)

 192 

 33 

 151 

 (5)

 146 

 57 

 90 

 (1)

 (14)

 (9)

 (12)

 (5)

 (17) 

 39 

 61 

26

 109 

 1 

 109 

 13 

 96 

 807 

 5 

 812 

 (243)

 (299)

 (131)

 138

 (78)

 60 

 (50)

 192 

 2 

 205 

 (27)

 178 

 61 

 117 

 836 

14

850

 (247)

 (306)

 (148)

 149

 (71)

 78 

 49 

 34 

 (17)

 144 

 (15)

 130 

 16 

 114 

2020 
Profit before tax
(USD mill)

2019 
Profit before tax
(USD mill)

2020 
Total income

2019 
Total income

Maritime	Services
Supply	Services
Holding	and	Investments

1
5
1

9
0
1

2%

1%

32%

30%

7
3

6
1

7
2

8

66%

69%

42

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

2020 Total Income
Maritime Services: 66
Supply Services: 32
Holding and Investments: 2

2019 Total Income
Maritime Services: 69
Supply Services: 30
Holding and Investments: 1

    
    
 
  
 
Cont. note 2 Segment	reporting
The	amounts	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision-maker	with	respect	to	total	assets,	liabilities	and	equity	are	measured	in	the	same	way	as	in	the	financial	statements.	

Maritime Services 
31.12.19

31.12.20

Supply Services 
31.12.19

31.12.20

Holding and 
 Investments 

Eliminations

Total

31.12.20

31.12.19

31.12.20

31.12.19

31.12.20

31.12.19

USD mill

Assets

Deferred	tax	asset

Tangible	assets

Intangible	assets

Right	of	use	assets	

Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	
associates

Financial	assets	to	fair	value	

 40 

 177 

 134 

 42 

 19 

 42 

 83 

 145 

 46 

 11 

Other	non	current	assets

 10 

 19 

Current	financial	investments

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	

Total assets

Equity and liabilities

Shareholders'	equity

Equity	non-controlling	interests

Deferred	tax

Interest-bearing	debt

Lease	liability

Other	non	current	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Total equity and liabilities 

 291 

 175 

 889 

 208 

 (2)

 12 

 199 

 45 

 24 

 402 

 889 

 327 

 116 

 887 

 204 

 (1)

 11 

 198 

 49 

 22 

 404 

 887 

6

381

7

118

128

15

68

12

 5 

 473 

 5 

 108 

 126 

 7 

 82 

 7 

 9 

 3 

 1 

 18 

 825 

 801 

 16 

 124 

 3 

 81 

 10 

 27 

 24 

 867 

 675 

 15 

 102 

 27 

 31 

 (6)

 (6)

 (2)

 (12)

 (16)

 (3)

 (35)

 55 

 560 

 141 

 177 

 57 

 577 

 151 

 173 

 973 

 1 003 

 801 

 28 

 124 

 359 

 269 

 675 

 25 

 102 

 400 

 153 

 735 

 710 

 1 880 

 1 753 

 (17)

 (57)

 3 488 

 3 293 

164

56

277

129

16

93

 154 

 54 

 288 

 113 

 22 

 80 

 1 636 

 1 523 

 203 

 149 

 20 

 8 

 14 

 23 

 25 

 6 

 27 

 735 

 710 

 1 880 

 1 753 

 2 008 

 1 880 

 257 

 12 

 464 

 192 

 48 

 506 

 202 

 11 

 494 

 181 

 49 

 476 

 3 488 

 3 293 

 (13)

 (2)

 (3)

 (17)

 (14)

 (6)

 (1)

 (35)

 (57)

Investments	in	tangible	assets

 15 

 14 

 21 

 20 

 1 

 1 

 37 

 36 

Maritime	Services
Supply	Services
Holding	and	Investments

31.12.20
Shareholders’ equity

31.12.19
Shareholders’ equity 

10%

8%

11%

8%

81%

81%

2020
Shareholders’ equity ratio

2019
Shareholders’ equity ratio

Maritime	Services
Supply	Services
Holding	and	Investments
Group

Shareholders' equity 31.12.20
Maritime Services: 10
100%
Supply Services: 8
Holding and Investments: 81

80%

%
7
8

%
8
5

Shareholders' equity 31.12.19
Maritime Services: 11
100%
Supply Services: 8
80%
Holding and Investments: 81

%
7
8

%
7
5

60%

40%

20%

%
3
2

%
2
2

60%

40%

20%

%
3
2

%
2
2

43

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
   
Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 2 Segment	reporting
The	amounts	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision-maker	with	respect	to	cash	flows	are	measured	in	a	manner	consistent	with	that	of	the	balance	sheet.

USD mill

CASH FLOW

Profit	before	tax	

Changes	in	fair	value	financial	assets

Share	of	(profit)/loss	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Net	financial	(income)/expenses

Depreciation/impairment

Change	in	working	capital

Net	gain	from	sale	of	assets

Net cash provided by operating activities

Dividend	received	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Net	sale/(investments)	in	fixed	assets

Net	sale/(investments)	in	entities	and	segments

Net	investments	in	financial	investments

Net	changes	in	other	investments

Net cash flow from investing activities

Net	change	of	debt

Net	change	in	other	financial	items

Net	dividend	from	other	segments/	to	shareholders

Net cash flow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	the	beginning	of	the	period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

Maritime Services 

Supply Services

Holding and Investments 

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

37

 (1)

14

39

35

8

131

4

 (10)

 (9)

 1 

 (15)

 (13)

 (20)

 (24)

 (57)

 60 

116

175

 27 

 27 

 (4)

 24 

 29 

 (21)

 1 

83

 3 

 (8)

 (3)

 3 

 (5)

 (9)

 (15)

 (48)

 (73)

 6 

 110 

 116 

16

 (11)

17

35

 (3)

54

17

 (16)

 (5)

 (5)

 (24)

 (16)

 (3)

 (44)

 5 

 7 

12

 8 

 (6)

 19 

 37 

 (18)

 (8)

32

 10 

 (20)

 39 

 1 

 29 

 (48)

 (12)

 (5)

 (66)

 (5)

 12 

 7 

152

 (192)

 62 

 (33)

 5 

 1 

 (5)

 (1)

 (20)

 98 

 77 

 (25)

 (6)

 9 

 (22)

 50 

31

81

 109 

 (61)

 (39)

 (26)

 5 

 3 

 (8)

 19 

 (1)

 3 

 (3)

 23 

 42 

 (22)

 (22)

 12 

18

31

GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS

Europe,	including	Russia
Americas
Asia	&	Africa
Oceania

Total income
Area	income	is	based	on	
the	geographical	location	of	
the	company	and	includes	
sales	gain.

Total assets
Area	assets	are	based	on	
the	geographical	location	
of	the	assets.	The	group’s	
investment	in	Hyundai	
Glovis	is	classified	in	the	
	geographical	segment	
Asia & Africa.

Investments in 
 tangible  assets
Area	capital	expenditure	is	
based	on	the	geographical	
location	of	the	assets.

2020
Total income 

3%

31%

2020
Total assets  

2020
Investment in  tangible  assets

1%

1%

28%

1%

26%

1%

7%

58%

71%

72%

Total income 2020
Europe: 58
Americas: 7
Asia & Africa: 31
Oceania: 3

2019
Total income 

Total assets 2020
Europe: 71
Americas: 1
Asia & Africa: 28
Oceania: 1

3%

2019
Total assets  

Investment in tangible assets 2020
Europe: 72
Americas: 1
Asia & Africa: 26 
Oceania: 1

2019
Investment in  tangible  assets

2%

32%

27%

26%

1%

56%

2%

72%

71%

8%

Total income 2019
Europe: 56
Americas: 8
Asia & Africa: 32
Oceania: 3

Total assets 2019
Europe: 71
Americas: 2
Asia & Africa: 27
Oceania: 0

Investment in tangible assets 2019
Europe: 71
Americas: 2
Asia & Africa: 26
Oceania: 2

44

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

    
    
   
    
  
   
 
 
Note 3 Revenue	from	contracts	with	customers

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCIPLES
Revenue	derived	from	customer	contracts	in	scope	of	IFRS	15	Revenue	from	
contracts	with	customers	are	assessed	using	the	five-step	model,	where	only	
customer	contracts	with	a	firm	commitment	is	used	as	basis	for	revenue	
recognition.	Revenue	from	contracts	with	customers	is	recognised	upon	
satisfaction	of	the	performance	obligation	for	the	transfer	of	goods	and	
services	in	each	such	contract.	The	revenue	amount	recognised	is	equal	to	
the	consideration	the	group	expects	to	be	entitled	in	exchange	for	the	goods	
and	services.	

Other	revenue	also	consists	of	revenue	from	operating	leases.	Leases,	in	
which	a	significant	portion	of	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	are	retained	
by	the	lessor,	are	classified	as	operating	leases.	The	group	recognises	lease	
payments	as	revenue	mainly	on	a	straight-line	basis,	unless	another	systematic	
basis	is	more	representative	of	the	pattern	in	which	benefit	from	the	use	of	the	
underlying	asset	is	diminished.	The	group	recognise	costs	incurred	in	earning	
the	lease	income	in	other	operating	expenses.	The	group	adds	initial	direct	
costs	incurred	in	obtaining	an	operating	lease	to	the	carrying	amount	of	the	
underlying	asset	and	recognise	those	costs	as	an	expense	over	the	lease	term	
on	the	same	basis	as	the	lease	income.

OPERATING REVENUE

USD mill

Revenue segments 

Maritime services

Supply services

Holding and  
Investments

Elimination

Total

Marine 
Products

Ships 
Agency

Technical/ 
crewing 

management Other

Operation Property Other

Other 

2020

Revenue	from	external	customers

Total 

 321 

 321 

 117 

 117 

 59 

 59 

 45 

 45 

 235 

 235 

Timing	of	revenue	recognition	
At	a	point	in	time

Over	time

Total 

 321 

 321 

 117 

 117 

 42 

 3 

 45 

 59 

 59 

 235 

 235 

Revenue segments

Revenue	from	external	customers

Total 

Timing	of	revenue	recognition	
At	a	point	in	time

Over	time

Total 

 366 

 366 

 129 

 129 

 45 

 45 

 42 

 42 

 216 

 216 

 366 

 366 

129

 129 

 39 

 3 

 42 

 45 

 45 

 216 

 216 

 24 

 24 

 24 

 24 

 24 

 24 

 24 

 24 

 1 

 1 

 1 

 1 

 9 

 9 

 9 

 9 

 14 

 14 

 14 

 14 

 11 

 11 

 11 

 11 

 (10)

 (10)

 807 

 807 

 (10)

 (10)

 367 

 439 

 807 

2019

 (7)

 (7)

 836 

 836 

 405 

 431 

 836 

 (7)

 (7)

MARITIME SERVICES
Marine Products – Sale of goods
The	group	offers	a	wide	range	of	products	to	the	maritime	industry.	The	products	
are	delivered	to	the	customer	at	vessel	or	warehouse,	which	is	also	the	point	in	
time	where	control	transfers	to	the	customer	and	revenue	is	recognised	net	of	
any	discounts.	Some	customers	are	entitled	to	retrospective	volume	discounts	
based	on	aggregate	sales	over	a	defined	period.	Revenue	from	these	sales	is	
recognised	based	on	the	price	specified	in	the	contract,	net	of	the	estimated	
volume	discounts.	Accumulated	experience	is	used	to	estimate	and	provide	for	
the	discounts,	using	the	expected	value	method,	and	revenue	is	only	recognised	
to	the	extent	that	it	is	highly	probable	that	a	significant	reversal	will	not	occur.	
A	refund	liability	(included	in	other	current	liabilities)	is	recognised	for	expected	
volume	discounts	payable	to	customers	in	relations	to	sales	made	until	the	end	
of	the	reporting	period.	The	contracts	typically	has	payment	terms	of	30	days	
after	delivery,	and	no	significant	financing	component	is	identified.		

the	port	call.	The	group	is	only	acting	as	an	agent,	and	control	of	goods	and	
services	transfers	directly	from	the	relevant	suppliers	to	the	customer.	The	
group	does	not	have	inventory	risk	or	the	discretion	on	establishing	prices.	For	
the	services	rendered,	the	group	is	entitled	to	a	fee	that	consist	of	a	payment	
based	on	services	delivered	to	customer.

Technical / crewing management 
The	group	offers	technical	management	and	crew	management	for	all	vessel	
segments.	The	contract	durations	follow	industry	standards,	and	will	usually	
include	an	annual	compensation	payable	in	monthly	arreas,	in	addition	the	ship	
owner	is	charged	a	monthly	fee	per	crew	onboard	the	vessel.	The	ship	owner	
simultaniously	receives	and	consumes	the	benefits	provided	by	the	entity,	and	
hence	revenue	is	recognised	over	time.	Since	WSM	has	the	right	to	invoice	
the	services	delivered	at	the	end	of	each	month,	this	is	also	the	basis	for	
revenue recognition.	

Ships Agency – Sale of services 
The	group	offers	ships	agency	services	coverering	2	200	port	locations	world	
wide.	The	agents	facilitates	efficent	port	calls	for	vessels,	by	procuring	goods	
and	services	on	behalf	of	the	customers	and	to	assist	with	required	permits	
and	custom	declaration	assocuated	with	the	port	call.	Prior	to	the	port	call,	the	
customer	is	required	to	make	available	funds	for	the	expected	disbursements	
(pre	funding).	Following	the	completion	of	the	services	the	group	prepare	a	
final	disbursement	account	to	the	customer	documenting	all	disbusement	for	

Other revenue in the Maritime services segment
These	revenues	mainly	consist	of	sale	of	ropes	to	non-maritime	customers	
and	chemicals	for	the	consumer	markets.	Most	of	the	sales	are	to	wholesale	
customers.	Revenue	is	recognised	net	of	any	discounts	at	delivery.	Time	and	
place	of	delivery,	and	transfer	of	control,	depend	on	agreed	delivery	terms	but	
usually	when	the	customer	receives	the	goods.	

The	group	also	has	an	insurance	agency	business	where	the	group	is	acting	

45

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020  
 
Group

Accounts and notes

as	an	agent,	and	is	entitled	to	a	defined	commission	of	the	insurance	premium.	
The	commission	is	per	year	and	recognised	on	a	straight	line	basis	through	
the year.	

with	a	duration	of	more	than	one	year	the	rent	is	adjusted	annually	based	on	
commonly	used	indexes.	Lease	revenue	is	usually	recognised	on	a	straight	line	
basis	over	the	lease	term.

SUPPLY SERVICES 
Operations 
The	group	provides	supply	bases	and	integrated	logistics	solution	to	the	
offshore	industry.	Revenues	from	external	customers	come	from	sale	of	
services	to	the	offshore	industry	(Operations),	from	the	rental	of	properties	
(Property)	and	from	the	sale	of	services	to	other	industries	(Other).	The	duration	
of	the	operations	contracts	varies	from	3	to	10	years.	The	pricing	of	the	
contracts	are	mainly	based	on	delivered	quantity	via	supply	bases.	

Property
The	group	is	a	lessor	for	parts	of	the	properties	located	on	or	near	the	
bases.	This	is	typically	warehouses	and	some	office	facilities.	This	is	ordinary	
operational	lease	contracts	with	a	typical	duration	of	2	to	7	years.	For	contracts	

HOLDING AND INVESTMENTS  
The	operating	revenue	is	related	to	inhouse	services	to	external	customers	as	
house	rent,	canteen	services,	HR	services	and	salary	services.		

INFORMATION ABOUT TRANSACTION PRICE ALLOCATED TO 
UNSATISFIED PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS  
In	general	the	contracts	with	customers	are	of	a	short	term	nature,	except	
for	the	framework	agreements	described	under	Supply	Services	and	Ship	
Management.	For	Supply	Services	the	framework	agreements	can	be	for	a	
period	of	up	to	10	years,	but	do	not	define	any	minimum	volume.	For	Ship	
Management	contracts	the	customer	can	terminate	the	contract	without	
cause	on	a	3	months	basis.	Because	of	this	there	is	no	significant	unsatisfied	
performance	obligations	as	of	year	end.	

Note 4 Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	associates

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCIPLES
Associates:
Associates	are	all	entities	over	which	the	group	has	significant	influence	but	
not	control	or	control	jointly.	This	is	generally	the	case	where	the	group	holds	
between	20%	and	50%	of	the	voting	rights.	Investments	in	associates	are	
accounted	for	using	the	equity	method	of	accounting	(see	below),	after	initially	
being	recognised	at	cost.

Joint arrangement:
Under	IFRS	11	Joint	Arrangements	investments	in	joint	arrangements	are	
classified	as	either	joint	operations	or	joint	ventures.	The	classification	depends	
on	the	contractual	rights	and	obligations	of	each	investor,	rather	than	the	legal	
structure	of	the	joint	arrangement.	The	group	has	assessed	the	nature	of	its	
joint	arrangements	and	determined	them	to	be	joint	ventures.	

Interests	in	joint	ventures	are	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method	(see	
below),	after	initially	being	recognised	at	cost	in	the	consolidated	balance	sheet

Equity method:
Under	the	equity	method	of	accounting,	the	investments	are	initially	
recognised	at	cost	and	adjusted	thereafter	to	recognise	the	group’s	share	
of	the	post-acquisition	profits	after	tax	of	the	investee	in	income	statement,	
and	the	group’s	share	of	movements	in	other	comprehensive	income	of	the	
	investee	in	other	comprehensive	income.	Dividends	received	or	receivable 
from	associates	and	joint	ventures	are	recognised	as	a	reduction	in	the	
carrying	amount	of	the	investment.	Sale	and	dilution	of	the	share	of	associate	
com	panies	is		recognised	in	the	income	statement	when	the	transactions	
occur	for	the group.	

Where	the	group’s	share	of	losses	in	an	equity-accounted	investment	equals	
or	exceeds	its	interest	in	the	entity,	including	any	other	unsecured	long-term	

receivables,	the	group	does	not	recognise	further	losses,	unless	it	has	incurred	
obligations	or	made	payments	on	behalf	of	the	other	entity.	

Unrealised	gains	on	transactions	between	the	group	and	its	associates	and	
joint	ventures	are	eliminated	to	the	extent	of	the	group’s	interest	in	these	
entities.	Unrealised	losses	are	also	eliminated	unless	the	transaction	provides	
evidence	of	an	impairment	of	the	asset	transferred.	Accounting	policies	of	
	equity-accounted	investees	have	been	changed	where	necessary	to	ensure	
consistency	with	the	policies	adopted	by	the	group.

The	carrying	amount	of	equity-accounted	investments	is	tested	for	impairment	
when	impairment	indicators	are	present.

When	the	group	ceases	to	consolidate	or	equity	account	for	an	investment	
because	of	a	loss	of	control,	joint	control	or	significant	influence,	any	retained	
interest	in	the	entity	is	remeasured	to	its	fair	value,	with	the	change	in	carrying	
amount	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.	This	fair	value	becomes	the	initial	carrying	
amount	for	the	purposes	of	subsequently	accounting	for	the	retained	interest	
as	an	associate,	joint	venture	or	financial	asset.	In	addition,	any	amounts	
previously	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income	in	respect	of	that	entity	
are	accounted	for	as	if	the	group	had	directly	disposed	of	the	related	assets	
or	liabilities.	This	may	mean	that	amounts	previously	recognised	in	other	
	comprehensive	income	are	reclassified	to	profit	or	loss.	

If	the	ownership	interest	in	a	joint	venture	or	an	associate	is	reduced	but	
	significant	influence	is	retained,	only	a	proportionate	share	of	the	amounts	
	previously	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income	are	reclassified	to	
profit or	loss	where	appropriate.

INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATED COMPANIES

Holding and Investments

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA	(WAWI)

Denholm	Port	Services	Limited

Dolittle	AS

Massterly	AS	

Edda	Wind	AS

Business office/country

Lysaker,	Norway

Grangemouth,	United	Kingdom	

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Haugesund,	Norway

Maritime Services – companies with significant shares of profits

Almoayed	Wilhelmsen	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Huayang	Ships	Services	(Shanghai)	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Huayang	Ships	Services	(Beijing)	Co	Ltd

Diana	Wilhelmsen	Management	Limited

Barwil	Arabia	Shipping	Agencies	SAE

Bahrain

China

China

Cyprus

Egypt

46

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

2020

2019

Voting share/ownership

37.8%

40.0%

45.9%

50.0%

25.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

35.0%

37.8%

40.0%

45.9%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

35.0%

Cont. note 4 Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	associates

Maritime Services – companies with significant shares of profits (cont.)

Business office/country

2020

2019

Voting share/ownership

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Georgia	Ltd

Barwil	Georgia	Ltd.	

Wilhelmsen	Ahrenkiel	Ship	Management	GmbH	&	Co.	KG	

Verwaltung	Wilhelmsen	Ahrenkiel	GmbH	

Wilhelmsen	Ahrenkiel	Ship	Management	B.V

Baasher	Barwil	Agencies	Ltd	

Barklav	(Hong	Kong)	Ltd

BWW	LPG	Limited

Alghanim	Barwil	Shipping	Co-Kutayba	Yusuf	Ahmed	&	Partner	WLL

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Lebanon	S.A.L.

BWW	LPG	Sdn.	Bhd.

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Private)	Limited

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	Shipping	Inc

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	(Subic)	Inc.

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	Manning,	Inc.	

Perez	Torres	-	Portugal	Lda

Wilhelmsen	Hyopwoon	Ships	Services	Ltd

Barklav	S.R.L.

Binzagr	Barwil	Maritime	Transport	Co	Ltd

Krew-Barwil	(Pty)	Ltd

Triangle	Shipping	Agencies	LLC

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	LLC	

Barwil	Abu	Dhabi	Ruwais	LLC

Barwil	Dubai	LLC

Wilhelmsen	Sunnytrans	Co	Ltd

Supply Services - companies with significant shares of profits

Risavika	Havn	AS

Risavika	Eiendom	AS

Hammerfest	Næringsinvest	AS

Bring	Polarbase	AS

Strandparken	Holding	AS

Eldøyane	Næringspark	AS

Risavika	Havnering	14	AS

Georgia

Georgia

Germany

Germany

Netherlands

Sudan	

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

Kuwait

Lebanon

Malayisia

Pakistan	

Philippines	

Philippines	

Philippines	

Portugal

Republic	of	Korea

Romania

Saudi	Arabia

South	Africa

United	Arab	Emirates

United	Arab	Emirates

United	Arab	Emirates

United	Arab	Emirates

Vietnam

Tananger,	Norway

Tananger,	Norway	

Hammerfest,	Norway

Hammerfest,	Norway

Hammerfest,	Norway

Stord,	Norway

Stavanger,	Norway

An	overview	of	actual	equity	holdings	can	be	found	in	the	presentation	of	company	structure	on	page	132.

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

49.0%

49.0%

49.0%

49.0%

50.0%

25.0%

25.0%

25.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

49.0%

50.0%

43.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

42.0%

32.3%

33.1%

37.9%

33.3%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

49.0%

49.0%

49.0%

49.0%

50.0%

25.0%

25.0%

25.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

49.0%

50.0%

43.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

42.8%

42.0%

32.3%

41.0%

33.1%

37.9%

33.3%

47

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 4 Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	associates

USD mill

Share of profit/(loss) from associates

WAWI	group

Other	associates	Holding	and	Investments	

Associates	Maritime	Services

Associates	Supply	Services

Share of profit/(loss) from associates

Book value of material associates

WAWI	group

Specification of share of equity and profit/loss:

Share	of	equity	01.01

Share	of	profit/(loss)	for	the	year

Acquisition	of	associated	in	Maritime	Services

Acquisition	of	associated	in	Holding	&	Investment

Acquisition	of	associated	in	Supply	Services

Dividend

Disposals	associates	

Financial	derivatives	in	associates	

Other	comprehensive	income

Share of equity 31.12

2020

2019

 (63)

 1 

 1 

 1 

 (60)

 39 

 4 

 (2)

 41 

 798 

 864 

 883 

 (60)

 10 

 20 

 3 

 (5)

 (1)

 (4)

 4 

 850 

 900 

 41 

 3 

 (29)

 (31)

 (2)

 883 

There	are	no	contingent	liabilities	relating	to	the	group’s	interest	in	the	associates.

The	group	acquired	50%	stake	in	Ahrenkiel	Steamship.	Ahrenkiel	Steamship	is	
the	technical	container	ship	manager	within	the	MPC	Capital	Group.

The	group	acquired	25%	of	Østensjø	Group’s	offshore	wind	company,	Edda	
Wind	AS	and	secured	an	option	to	buy	another	25%	before	June	2021.	Edda	
Wind	AS	owns	and	operates	service	vessels	supporting	the	maintenance	work	
conducted	during	the	commissioning	and	operation	of	offshore	wind	parks.

Set	out	below	are	the	summarised	financial	information	for,	based	on	100%,	
for	WAWI	group,	which,	in	the	opinion	of	the	directors,	is	the	material	associate	
to	the group.

Associates	not	considered	to	be	material	are	defined	under	”other”	(based	on	
100%).

USD mill

SUMMARISED STATEMENT 
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Total	income

Operating	expenses

Net operating profit

Finance	income	&	expenses

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax

Profit/(loss) after non-controlling interests

Other	comprehensive	income

Total comprehensive income (shareholder’s equity)

WWH	share	of	dividend	from	associates

WAWI

Other

2020

2019

2020

2019

 2 958 

 (3 041)

 (84)

 (222)

 (306)

  4 

 (286)

 (1)

 (287)

 3 909 

 (3 551)

 358 

 (246)

 112 

 (10)

 93 

 (2)

 90 

 19 

 65 

 (55)

 10 

 (1)

 9 

 (1)

 8 

(3) 

 5 

 5 

 57 

 (52)

 4 

 5 

 (1)

 4 

 3 

 10 

48

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 
Cont. note 4 Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	associates

USD mill

SUMMARISED BALANCE SHEET

Non	current	assets

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total assets

Non	current	financial	liabilities

Other	non	current	liabilities

Current	financial	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Non-controlling	interest

Total liabilities

Net assets

WAWI

Other

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

 6 391 

 582 

 655 

 7 628 

 1 924 

 1 995 

 282 

 812 

 224 

 6 747 

 650 

 399 

 7 796 

 1 729 

 2 108 

 175 

 863 

 239 

 5 238 

 5 114 

 2 391 

 2 682 

155 

 47 

 94

 296 

101    

 14 

 67 

 5 

 188

 108 

 22 

 45 

 39 

 105 

 4 

 14 

 52 

 1 

 71 

 34 

The	information	above	reflects	the	100%	amount	presented	in	the	financial	statements	of	the	associates,	adjusted	for	differences	in	accounting	policies	between	
the	group	and	the	associates.	

USD mill

RECONCILIATION OF SUMMARISED 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Net asset 01.01

Profit/(loss)	for	the	period

Net	assets	of	acquired	associate

Other	comprehensive	income

				Currency	translation	differences

Disposal	

Transaction	with	non	controlling	interests

Dividend

Net assets 31.12

WWH	share	

Currency	

Fair	value	adjustment	vessel	and	goodwill	*

Carrying value 31.12

WAWI

Other

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

 2 682 

 (286)

 (1)

 (4)

 2 391 

 904 

 2 

 (108)

 798 

 2 647 

 93 

 (12)

 6 

 (51)

 2 682 

 1 014 

 (2)

 (148)

 864 

 34 

 8 

80

(3)

 (10)

 108 

 45 

 6 

 51 

 112 

 4 

 (1)

 (66)

 (15)

 34 

 15 

 5 

 20 

*The	share	price	of	Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA	at	the	merger	(April	2017)	was	lower	than	booked	equity	in	Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	group.	

The	group	market	value	of	the	investment	in	Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA	at	31	
December	2020	was	USD	435	million	(2019:	USD	398	million).	

WAWI	is	a	separately	listed	company	on	Oslo	Børs.	The	market	capitalisation	of	
its	shares	at	year	end	is	45%	lower	(2019:	54%	lower)	than	the	carrying	amount	
of	the	investment,	as	accounted	for	under	the	equity	method.	

The	market	price	is	an	objective	indicator	of	impairment.	In	spite	of	this,	the	
value	in	use	calculation	based	on	projections	prepared	by	management	of	
WAWI,	indicates	that	the	recoverable	amount	is	higher	than	WAWIs	carrying	

Reconciliation of the group’s income statement and balance sheet

USD mill

Share	of	profit	from	joint	ventures

Share	of	profit/(loss)	from	associates

Share of profit/(loss) from joint ventures and associates

Share	of	equity	from	joint	ventures

Share	of	equity	from	associates

Share of equity from joint ventures and associates

amounts	for	the	key	assets	of	WAWI.	This	impairment	test	has	been	reviewed	
by	the	management	of	WWH,	and	adjusted	for	factors	related	to	the	financing	
and	working	capital	of	WAWI	in	order	to	assess	a	reasonable	value	in	use	for	
the	investment	in	the	shares	of	WAWI.	Based	on	this	assessment,	the	reco-
verable	amount	attributable	to	the	shares	is	higher	than	the	carrying	amount.	
The	recoverable	amount	is	particularly	sensitive	to	volume	and/or	prices,	and	
interest	rate	levels	for	the	financing	within	WAWI.	The	fair	value	adjustment	has	
increased	during	the	year	due	to	reversal	of	impairment	goodwill	and	unrealised	
loss	related	to	assets	which	are	not	part	of	carry	amount	of	the	investment	for	
Wilhelmsen	group.

2020

2019

 11 

 (60)

 (50)

 123 

 850 

 973 

 8 

 41 

 49 

 121 

 883 

 1 003 

The	group’s	share	of	profit,	after	tax	from	joint	ventures	and	associates	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement	as	financial	income.	All	joint	ventures	and	associates	
are	equity	consolidated.

49

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 4 Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	associates

INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES

Supply Services

Coast	Center	Base	AS	(CCB)

KS	Coast	Center	Base	(CCB)

CCB	Energy	Holding	AS

Vikan	Næringspark	AS

SørSea	AS

Polar	Lift	AS

Business office, country

Fjell,	Norway

Fjell,	Norway

Fjell,	Norway

Kristiansund,	Norway

Tananger,	Norway

Hammerfest,	Norway

2020

2019

Voting share/ownership

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

Coast	Center	Base	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	Bernh.	
Larsen	Holding	AS	and	was	established	in	1998.	It	delivers	services	related	to	
logistics,	quay,	project	and	maintenance	to	the	offshore	industry	in	addition	to	
maritime	industry.

Kristiansund	Baseselskap	AS.	It	owns	property	that	is	rented	out	to	Vestbase	
AS,	a	subsidiary	of	NorSea	Group,	in	Kristiansund.

SørSea	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	Røsi	AS/Stangeland	
Gruppen	AS.	It	owns	land	in	Risavika	in	Norway.

KS	Coast	Center	Base	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	
Bernh.	Larsen	Holding	AS	and	was	established	in	1973.	It	is	mainly	a	property	
company	owning	infrastructure	rented	out	to	Coast	Center	Base	AS.

Polar	Lift	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	Havator	AS.	It	rents	
out	cranes	and	other	equipment	and	is	located	in	Hammerfest	in	Norway.

CCB	Energy	Holding	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	Bernh.	
Larsen	Holding	AS	and	was	established	in	2020.	It	owns	shares	in	companies	
involved	in	production	of	hydrogen	and	climate	netural	solutions.

All	companies	are	private	companies	and	there	are	no	quoted	market	price	
available	for	the	shares.

Vikan	Næringspark	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	

There	are	no	other	contingent	liabilities	relating	to	the	group’s	interest	in	the	
joint	ventures.	See	to	note	23	for	contingencies	for	the	group.

USD mill

Summarised financial information - according to the group's ownership

2020

2019

Share	of	total	income

Share	of	operating	expenses

Share	of	depreciation

Share	of	net	financial	items

Share	of	tax	expense

Share of profit for the year

Share of equity (equity method)

Book	value

Excess	value	(goodwill)

Investments in Joint Ventures

USD mill

Joint ventures' assets, equity and liabilities (group's share of investments)

Share	of	non	current	assets

Share	of	cash	and	cash	equivalents

Share	of	current	assets

Total share of assets

Share	of	equity	

Share	of	profit	for	the	period

Dividend	received/repayments	of	share	capital

Currency	translation	differences

Share of equity 31.12

Share	of	non	current	financial	liabilities

Share	of	other	non	current	liabilities

Share	of	current	financial	liabilities

Share	of	other	current	liabilities

Total share of liabilities

Total share of equity and liabilities

50

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 76 

 (54)

 (7)

 (3)

 (2)

 11 

 67 

 56 

 123 

 96 

 (75)

 (8)

 (4)

 (1)

 8 

 76 

 44 

 121 

2020

2019

 187 

 32 

 5 

 224 

 76 

 11 

 (21)

 1 

 67 

 100 

 7 

 14 

 36 

 158 

 224 

 167 

 27 

 16 

 209 

 68 

 8 

 (4)

 3 

 76 

 98 

 7

 28

 133

 209

Cont. note 4 Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	associates
Set	out	below	are	the	summarised	financial	information,	based	on	100%,	for	Coast	Center	Base	(CCB),	which,	in	the	opinion	of	the	directors,	is	a	material	joint	
venture	to	the	group.

Joint	ventures	not	considered	to	be	material,	are	defined	under	”other”	(based	on	100%).

USD mill

CCB

Other

SUMMARISED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Total	income

Operating	expenses

Depreciation	/	amortisation

Net operating profit

Financial	income/(expenses)

Profit before tax

Tax	income/(expense)

Profit after non-controlling interests

Other	comprehensive	income

Total comprehensive income

WWH	share	of	dividend	from	joint	ventures

USD mill

SUMMARISED BALANCE SHEET

Non	current	assets

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total assets

Non	current	financial	liabilities

Other	non	current	liabilities

Current	financial	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

2020

 143 

 (107)

 (13)

 23 

 (5)

 18 

 (2)

 16 

 16 

 15 

2019

 182 

 (149)

 (15)

 19 

 (5)

 13 

 (1)

 12 

 12 

 3 

2020

2019

 10 

 10 

 (1)

 (1)

 8 

 (2)

 6 

 (1)

 5 

 5 

 2 

 (1)

 (1)

 8 

 (2)

 6 

 (1)

 4 

 4 

 1 

CCB

Other

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

 246 

 61 

 8 

 315 

 124 

 12 

 27 

 67 

 230 

 85 

 209 

 50 

 30 

 289 

 118 

 12 

 50 

 179 

 110 

 127 

 3 

 3 

 133 

 75 

 2 

 2 

 5 

 85 

 49 

 124 

 3 

 3 

 130 

 78 

 2 

 7 

 88 

 43 

The	information	above	reflects	the	100%	amount	presented	in	the	financial	statements	of	the	joint	ventures,	adjusted	for	differences	in	accounting	policies	
between	the	group	and	the	joint	ventures.

USD mill

RECONCILIATION OF SUMMARISED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CCB

Other

2020

2019

2020

2019

Opening net asset 31.12

Profit	for	the	period

Other	comprehensive	income

				Currency	translation	differences	

				Dividend	to	shareholder

Closing net assets 31.12

WWH	share	

Goodwill/	Surplus	value	/	Reversal	of	internal	gain

 110 

 16 

 5 

 (45)

 85 

 42 

 61 

 96 

 12 

 6 

 (4)

 110 

 55 

 48 

Carrying value 31.12

 103 

 102 

 43 

 5 

 2 

 (1)

 49 

 24 

 (4)

 20 

 42 

 4 

 (3)

 43 

 21 

 (3)

 18 

51

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020    
    
    
   
    
    
Group

Accounts and notes

Note 5 Principal	subsidiaries

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCIPLES
The	consolidated	financial	statements	consists	of	all	entities	controlled	by	Wilh.	
Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	as	at	31	December	2020.

Control	is	achieved	when	the	group	is	exposed,	or	has	rights,	to	variable	returns	
from	its	involvement	with	the	investee	and	has	the	ability	to	affect	those	returns	
through	its	power	over	the	investee.	Subsidiaries	are	fully	consolidated	from	the	
date	on	which	control	is	transferred	to	the	group.	They	are	deconsolidated	from	
the	date	that	control	ceases.

Inter-company	transactions,	balances	and	unrealised	gains	on	transactions	
between	group	companies	are	eliminated.	Unrealised	losses	are	also		eliminated	
unless	the	transaction	provides	evidence	of	an	impairment	of	the	transferred	
asset.	Accounting	policies	of	subsidiaries	have	been	changed		where	necessary	
to	ensure	consistency	with	the	policies	adopted	by	the	group.

Non-controlling	interests	in	the	profit/loss	and	equity	of	subsidiaries	are	shown	
separately	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	income	statement,	statement	
of	comprehensive	income,	statement	of	changes	in	equity	and	balance	
	sheet 	respectively.

Maritime Services 

Business office/country

Nature of business

Proportion of ordinary 
shares directly held by 
parent (%)

Proportion of ordinary 
shares held by the 
group (%)

Wilhelmsen	Maritime	Services	AS

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	AS

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Maritime	products	and	services

Maritime	products	and	services

100%

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Holding	AS Lysaker,	Norway

Ship	management

Supply Services 

NorSea	Group	AS

Holding and Investments

Tananger,	Norway

Supply	Services

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	AS

Lysaker,	Norway

Treasure	ASA*

Lysaker,	Norway

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	Malta	Ltd

Valletta,	Malta

Investment

Investment

Investment

100%

73.46%

100%

100%

100%

75.15%

100%

73.46%

100%

The	group’s	principal	subsidiaries	at	31	December	2020	are	set	out	above.	Unless	otherwise	stated,	they	have	share	capital	consisting	solely	of	ordinary	shares	
that	are	held	directly	by	the	group,	and	the	proportion	of	ownership	interests	held	equals	the	voting	rights	held	by	the	group.	The	country	of	incorporation	or	
	registration	is	also	their	principal	place	of	headquarter	of	subgroups.

*At	31.12.2020	Treasure	ASA	had	3	965	000	own	shares	(2019:	465	000).

52

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Note 6 Employee	benefits

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCIPLES
Employee	benefits	include	wages,	salaries,	social	security	contributions,	sick	
leave,	parental	leave	and	other	employee	benefits.	The	benefits	are	recognised	
in	the	period	in	which	the	associated	services	are	rendered	by	the	employees.

Cash–settled	payments/bonus	plans,	for	cash-settled	payments,	a 	liability	
equal	to	the	portion	services	received	is	recognised	at	fair		value 	determined	at	
each	balance	sheet	date.

USD mill

Pay

Payroll	tax

Pension	cost

Other	remuneration

Total employee benefits

Number of employees:

Group	companies	in	Norway

Group	companies	abroad

Seagoing	personnel	Ship	Management

Total employees

Average	number	of	employees

REMUNERATION OF SENIOR EXECUTIVES

USD thousand
2020

Group	CEO

Group	CFO

President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service

President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	

CEO	NorSea	Group**	

2019

Group	CEO

Group	CFO

President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service

President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	

CEO	NorSea	Group		

Note

2020

2019

11

 224 

 29 

 16 

 30 

 299 

 243 

 23 

 10 

 31 

 306 

2020

2019

 1 003 

 3 471 

 10 639 

 15 113 

 1 028 

 3 807 

 10 230 

 15 065 

 15 089 

 14 575 

Pay

Bonus

Pension 
premium

*Other 
remuneration

 595 

 421 

 375 

 255 

 276 

 569 

 401 

 358 

 234 

 254 

 167 

 103 

 99 

 54 

 115 

 93 

 38 

 105 

 197 

 53 

 123 

 36 

 9 

 231 

 49 

 112 

 31 

 9 

 183 

 53 

 23 

 169 

 19 

 216 

 50 

 24 

 122 

 20 

Total

 1 142 

 630 

 620 

 515 

 419 

 1 016 

 501 

 588 

 425 

 388 

Total in NOK 
thousand

 9 740 

 5 370 

 5 287 

 4 389 

 3 572 

 8 939 

 4 404 

 5 170 

 3 741 

 3 410 

Remuneration	is	paid	in	NOK,	which	means	that	the	USD	amounts	are	not	comparable	from	year	to	year.	Rates	of	remuneration	can	be	compared	by	taking	account	
of	changes	in	the	USD	exchange	rate.

*Mainly	related	to	gross	up	pension	expenses	and	company	car.
**The	CEO	NorSea	Group	has	additional	benefit	related	to	disability	pension.	

53

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 6 Employee	benefits

Remuneration of the board of directors

USD thousand

Diderik	Schnitler	(chair)	

Trond	Westlie

Carl	E	Steen

Rebekka	Glasser	Herlofsen

Ulrika	Laurin

Irene	Waage	Basili	

Cathrine	Løvenskiold	Wilhelmsen*

2020

2019

 82 

 50 

 50 

 50 

 37 

 80 

 48 

 48 

 48 

 48 

*Resigned	from	the	board	on	7	February	2020.	The	remuneration	was	reduced	with	1/4	to	reflect	the	period	as	a	board	member.	

The	board’s	remuneration	for	fiscal	year	2020	will	be	approved	by	the	general	meeting	22	April	2021.	Remuneration	of	the	nomination	committee,	for	both	Wilh.	
Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	and	Treasure	ASA,	totalled	USD	22	thousand	for	2020	(2019: USD 21 	thousand).

Senior executives
Thomas	Wilhelmsen	-	group	CEO
Christian	Berg	-	group	CFO
Bjoerge	Grimholt	-	President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service
Carl	Schou	-	President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management
John	Stangeland	-	CEO	NorSea	Group

See	note	2	Employee	benefits	in	the	parent	company	accounts,	and	note	21	Related	party	transaction.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE SCHEME
The	long	term	incentive	scheme	(LTI)	was	introduced	in	2015.	Participants	are	
members	of	the	group	management	team	and	the	presidents	for	Ships	Service	
and	Ship	Management.	For	the	group	CEO,	maximum	annual	payment	is	100%	
of	base	salary.	For	the	remaining	participants,	the	maximum	annual	payment	is	
50%	of	base	salary.

The	LTI	focuses	on	long	term	shareholder	value	creation	and	is	based	on	
positive	development	of	the	Wilhelmsen	group’s	value	adjusted	equity.	
The 	ambitions	set	for	the	programme	are	to	increase	alignment	with	value	
creation	for	shareholders,	to	attract,	retain	and	motivate	participants	and	drive	
long-term	group 	performance. 

Settlement	is	based	on	return	on	value	adjusted	equity	the	last	four	years	
leading	up	to	the	settlement.	The	value	adjusted	equity	is	determined	by	using	
a		“sum-of-the-parts”	principle.	For	listed	companies,	value	adjusted	equity	is	
based	on	market	price,	while	earnings	multiples	or	net	asset	value	are	used	for	
	non-listed	entities.	

The	board	sets	value	adjusted	equity	targets	at	the	beginning	of	each	four	year	
measurement	period.	Without	consultation	or	agreement	with	the	individual,	
the 	board	has	the	right	to	change	or	terminate	the	incentive	programme	after	
each	year.	

Per	31	December	2020,	a	provision	has	been	made	related	to	the	LTI	
programme	ending	on	31	December	2022.	Potential	payment	will	be	in	March	
2023.	The 	provision	has	been	calculated	based	on	development	in	value	
adjusted	equity	for	the	two	first	years	of	the	four	year	measurement	period,
wrisk	free	return	and standard	deviation	of	historic	annual	value	creation.

For	further	details,	see	note	16	Statement	on	the	remuneration	for	senior	
executives	in	the	parent	company	accounts.

EXPENSED AUDIT FEE

USD mill

Statutory	audit

Other	assurance	services

Tax	advisory	fee

Other	assistance

Total expensed audit fee

The	fees	above	cover	the	group	expenses	to	all	external	auditors	and	tax	advisors.

54

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

2020

2019

1.6

0.2

1.9

0.1

3.9

2.5

0.4

1.4

0.1

4.4

Note 7 Property,	vessel	and	other	tangible	assets

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Property,	vessel	and	other	tangible	assets	acquired	by	group	companies	
are	stated	at	historical	cost.	Depreciation	is	calculated	on	a		straight-line	
basis.	The carrying	value	of	tangible	assets	equals	the	historical	cost	
less		accumulated	depreciation	and	any	impairment	charges.	The	group’s	
aquisition	costs	are	recognised	in	the	income	statement	when	they	arise.	
	Aquisition	costs	are	capitalised	to	the	extent	that	they	are	directly	related	to	
the		acquisition	of	the	asset.	Land	is	not	depreciated.	Other	tangible	assets	
are 	depreciated	over	the	following	expected	useful	lives:

Property:

Vessel:

Other	tangible	assets:

10-50	years

25	years

3-10	years

Each	component	of	a	tangible	asset	which	is	significant	for	the	total	cost	of	the	
item	will	be	depreciated	separately.	Components	with	similar	useful	lives	will	be	
included	in	a	single	component.

The	estimated	residual	value	and	expected	useful	life	of	long-lived	assets	are 
reviewed	at	each	balance	sheet	date,	and	where	they	differ	significantly	from 
previous	estimates,	depreciation	charges	will	be	changed	accordingly	going	forward.

At	each	reporting	date	the	accounts	are	assessed	whether	there	is	an	indication	
that	an	asset	may	be	impaired.	Assets	that	are	subject	to	amortisation	or	
depreciation	are	reviewed	for	impairment	whenever	events	or	changes	in	
circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	may	not	be	recoverable.	If	any 
such	indication	exists,	or	when	annual	impairment	testing	for	an	asset	is	required,	
estimates	of	the	asset’s	recoverable	amount	are	done.	For	the	purposes	
of	assessing	impairment,	assets	are	grouped	at	the	lowest	levels	for	which	
there	are	separately	identifiable	cash	flows	(cash-generating	units	–	“CGU”).	
The 	recoverable	amount	is	the	highest	of	the	fair	market	value	of	the	asset,	
less	cost	to	sell,	and	the	net	present	value	(”NPV”)	of	future	estimated	cash	
flow from	the	employment	of	the	asset	(“value	in	use”).

The	NPV	is	based	on	a	discount	rate	according	to	a	weighted	average	cost	of	
capital	(“WACC”)	reflecting	the	company’s	required	rate	of	return.	The	WACC	is	
calculated	based	on	the	company’s	long-term	borrowing	rate	and	a	risk-free	
rate	plus	a	risk	premium	for	the	equity.	If	the	recoverable	amount	is	lower	than	
the	book	value,	impairment	has	occurred,	and	the	asset	shall	be	revalued.	
Impairment	losses	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.	Non-financial	assets	other	
than	goodwill	that	suffered	impairment	are	reviewed	for	possible	reversal	of	the	
impairment	at	each	reporting	date.

Impairment:
The	group	applies	IAS	36	Impairment	of	Assets	to	determine	whether	property,	
vessels	and	other	tangible	assets	is	impaired	and	to	account	for	any	impairment	
loss	identified.

The	group	has	financial	models	which	calculate	and	determine	the	value	in	use	
through	a	combination	of	actual	and	expected	cash	flow	generation	discounted	
to	present	value.	The	expected	future	cash	flow	generation	and	models	are	
based	on	assumptions	and	estimate.

USD mill

TANGIBLE ASSETS

2020

Cost	1.1

Acquisition

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	and	impairment	losses	1.1

Depreciation/amortisation

Reclass/disposal

Impairment

Currency	translation	differences

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

2019

Cost	1.1

Acquisition

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	and	impairment	losses	1.1

Depreciation/amortisation

Reclass/disposal

Impairment

Currency	translation	differences

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

Property

Vessel

Other 
tangible assets

Total 
tangible assets

 560 

 19 

 (4)

 22 

 596 

 (175)

 (16)

 3 

 (1)

 (9)

 (198)

 398 

 550 

 19 

 (5)

 (5)

 560 

 (162)

 (17)

 4 

 (1)

 1 

 (175)

 384 

 35 

 1 

 36 

 (19)

 (1)

 (2)

 (1)

 (23)

 13 

 35 

 35 

 (18)

 (1)

 (19)

 16 

 244 

 11 

 (21)

 6 

 241 

 (90)

 (11)

 12 

 (3)

 (92)

 149 

251

 17 

 (24)

 1 

 244 

 (89)

 (11)

 10 

 1 

 (90)

 154 

 839 

 31 

 (25)

 29 

 873 

 (284)

 (28)

 15 

 (3)

 (13)

 (313)

 560 

 836 

 36 

 (29)

 (4)

 839 

 (269)

 (29)

 13 

 (1)

 2 

 (284)

555

55

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
   
   
   
Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 7 Goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Goodwill:
Goodwill	represents	the	excess	of	the	consideration	transferred,	the	amount	
of	any	non-controlling	interests	in	the	acquiree	and	the	acquisition	date	fair	
value	of	any	previous	equity	interests	in	the	acquiree	over	the	fair	value	of	the	
identifiable	net	assets	of	the	acquired	subsidiary,	joint	venture	or	associate.	
Goodwill	arising	from	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries	is	classified	as	an	
intangible	asset.	Goodwill	acquired	through	business	combinations	are	
allocated	to	the	relevant	cash-generating	unit	(“CGU”).

Other intangible assets:
Costs	associated	with	maintaining	computer	software	programmes	are	
recognised	as	an	expense	as	incurred.	Development	costs	that	are	directly	
attributable	to	the	design	and	testing	of	identifiable	and	unique	software	
products	controlled	by	the	group	are	recognised	as	intangible	assets	when	the	
following	criteria	are	met:

•  it	is	technically	feasible	to	complete	the	software	product	so	that	it	will	be	

available	for	use;

•  	management	intends	to	complete	the	software	product	and	use	or	sell	it;
•  it	can	be	demonstrated	how	the	software	product	will	generate	probable	

future	economic	benefits;

•  adequate	technical,	financial	and	other	resources	to	complete	the	
	development	and	to	use	or	sell	the	software	product	are	available

•  the	expenditure	attributable	to	the	software	product	during	its	development	

can	be	reliably	measured.

Trademark,	technology/licenses	and	customer	relationship	have	a	finite	life	and	
are	recognised	at	historical	cost	less	accumulated	amortisation.	Amortisation	
is	calculated	using	the	straight-line	method	to	allocate	the	cost	of	trademarks	
and	licenses	over	their	estimated	useful	life.	Capitalised	expenses	related	to	
other	intangible	assets	are	amortised	over	the	expected	useful	lives	in	
accordance	with	the	straight-line	method.

Amortisation	of	intangible	fixed	assets	is	based	on	the	following	expected	
useful	lives:

Goodwill:

Software	and	licenses:

Other	intangible	assets:

Indefinite	life

3-5	years

5-10	years

Impairment:
The	group	applies	IAS	36	Impairment	of	Assets	to	determine	whether	goodwill	
or	other	intangible	asset	is	impaired	and	to	account	for	any	impairment	loss	
identified.

Goodwill	arising	from	the	acquisition	of	an	interest	in	an	associated	company	is	
included	under	investment	in	associated	companies	and	tested	for	impairment	
as	part	of	the	carried	amount	of	the	investment	when	impairment	indicators	is	
present.	Goodwill	have	an	indefinite	useful	life	not	subject	to	amortisation	and	
is	tested	annually	for	impairment	and	carried	at	cost	less	impairment	losses.	
Gain	or	loss	on	the	sale	of	a	business		includes	the	carried	amount	of	goodwill	
related	to	the	sold	business.

For	impairment	testing	goodwill	is	allocated	to	relevant	CGU.	The	allocation	is	
made	to	those	CGU	or	groups	of	CGU	which	are	expected	to	benefit	from	the	
acquisition.	An	assessment	is	made	as	to	whether	the	carrying	amount	of	the	
goodwill	can	be	justified	by	future	earnings	from	the	CGU	to	which	the	goodwill	
relates.	If	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	CGU	is	less	than	the	carrying	amount	
of	the	CGU,	including	goodwill,	goodwill	will	be	written	down	first.	Thereafter	the	
carrying	amount	of	the	CGU	will	be	written	down.	Impairment	losses	related	to	
goodwill	cannot	be	reversed.

Impairment	of	other	intangible	assets	follow	the	same	principles	as	impairment	
for	other	non-financial	assets,	refer	to	financial	reporting	principles	for	property,	
vessels,	and	other	tangible	assets	above.

USD mill

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

2020

Cost	01.01

Acquisition

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	amortisation	and	impairment	losses	01.01

Amortisation/impairment

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

Goodwill

Software 
and licences

Other 
intangible assets

Total 
intangible assets

121

1

4

126

 (2)

 (11)

 (13)

 112 

71

6 

(43)

(2)

33

 (56)

 (4)

 40

 2

 (18)

 15 

35 

1 

(2)

1 

35 

 (19)

 (3)

 1 

 (1)

 (22)

 14 

 227 

 7 

 (44)

 3 

 194 

 (77)

 (18)

 41 

 1 

 (52)

 141 

56

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 
 
Cont. note 7 Goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets

USD mill
2019

Cost	01.01

Acquisition

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	amortisation	and	impairment	losses	01.01

Amortisation/impairment

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

Segment-level summary of the goodwill allocation:

Maritime	Services	

Total goodwill allocation

The	group	conducted	no	material	acquisition	in	2020	or	2019.

Goodwill

Software 
and licences

Other 
intangible assets

Total 
intangible assets

 124 

 (2)

 (1)

 121 

 (1)

 (1)

 (2)

 119 

 67 

 5 

 (1)

 71 

 (53)

 (4)

 (56)

 16 

 34 

 1 

 35 

 (15)

 (4)

 (19)

 16 

2020

 112 

 112 

 225 

 6 

 (2)

 (2)

 227 

 (68)

 (9)

 1 

 (77)

 151 

2019

 119 

 119 

Impairment testing of goodwill
In	the	Maritime	Services	segment,	USD	112	million	relate	to	business	area	
Ships	Service	(all	activities	in	the	Maritime	Services	segment	except	for	
technical	/crewing	management)	mainly	to	the	acquisition	of	Unitor	ASA	and	
Kemetyl.	The	goodwill	figures	are	originally	calculated	in	NOK	and	USD	(2019:	
NOK	and	USD).	Goodwill	is	tested	for	impairment	annually.

For	the	purpose	of	impairment	testing,	goodwill	is	allocated	to	the	respective	
cash	generating	units	within	the	Ships	Service	business	area.

During	2020	the	group	recognised	an	impairment	loss	of	USD	11	million.	The	
impairment	was	related	to	the	downscaling	of	activities	and	corresponding	
re-organization	of	operations	in	specific	markets	due	to	the	effect	of	the	
COVID-19	pandemic.	The	recoverable	amount	for	the	specific	cash	generating	
units	was	determined	by	the	unit’s	estimated	fair	value	less	cost	of	disposal	
(2019:	value-in-use).	The	assumptions	in	the	forecast	used	in	the	recoverable	
amount	assessments	were	based	on	external	available	market	information	
where	possible,	in	addition	to	the	group’s	expectations	about	the	future.	The	
applied	assumptions	were	adjusted	to	reflect	the	current	market	conditions	
and	specific	business	activities	of	the	group.

As	of	December	31	2020,	management	performed	additional	impairment	test	
for	goodwill.	No	additional	impairment	was	recognised	(analogus	for	2019).

Recoverable	amount	is	calculated	using	estimated	fair	value	less	cost	of	
disposal.	In	calculating	the	fair	value	less	cost	of	disposal,	the	Group	considers	
relevant	information	generated	by	market	transactions	involving	similar	group	
of	assets,	including	qualitative	and	quantitative	information.

Fair	value	less	cost	of	disposal	has	been	estimated	by	using	an	Enterprise	
value/EBITDA	multiple	(see	note	24	for	definition	of	the	terms).	The	forecasted	
EBITDA	is	based	on	historical	levels	for	EBITDA	in	each	CGU.	The	multiples	
are	estimated	to	be	in	the	range	of	6	-	9,	which	management	believes	is	a	fair	
estimate	of	market	multiples	for	the	relevant	CGU’s.

In	2019,	recoverable	amount	was	calculated	based	on	value	in	use.	Value	in	use	
was	determined	by	discounting	the	future	cash	flows.

Value	in	use	was	determined	by	discounting	the	future	cash	flows	generated	
from	the	continuing	operation	of	the	units.

Cash	flows	were	projected	based	on	actual	operating	results	and	next	
year’s	forecast.	Cash	flows	is	based	on	a	5-year	strategy	plan	period	with	
terminal	value	(terminal	growth	rate	1%)	were	extrapolated	using	the	following	
key assumptions:

USD/NOK

Multiple	(2020)	/	Discount	rate	(2019)

Growth	rate

Increase	in	material	cost

Increase	in	pay	and	other	remuneration

Increase	in	other	expenses		

2020

2019

 8.53 

6.5

1-5%

1-5%

1-3%

2-4%

 8.77 

7.4%

1-5%

1-5%

1-3%

2-4%

The	values	assigned	to	the	key	assumptions	represent	management’s	
assessment	of	future	trends	in	the	maritime	industry	and	are	based	on	both	
external	sources	and	internal	sources.

No	reasonably	possible	change	in	any	of	the	key	assumptions	on	which	
management	has	based	its	determination	of	the	recoverable	amount	
would	cause	the	carrying	amount	to	exceed	its	recoverable	amount	as	of	
December 31	2020.

57

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group

Accounts and notes

Note 8 Leases

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
The	group	adopted	IFRS	16	Leases	from	1	January	2019	which	resulted	in	
material	changes	to	the	group’s	financial	statement.

Under	IFRS	16	Leases,	a	lessee	is	required	to	recognise	all	contracts	that	
qualify	under	its	definition	of	a	lease	as	right-of-use	assets	and	lease	liabilities	
in	the	balance	sheet,	while	lease	payments	should	be	split	in	interest	expense	
and	reduction	of	lease	liabilities.	The	right-of-use	assets	are	to	be	depreciated	
in	accordance	with	IAS	16	“Property,	Plant	and	Equipment”	over	the	shorter	of	
each	contract’s	term	and	the	assets	useful	life.	

The	group	implemented	IFRS	16	retrospectively	with	recognition	of	the	
cumulative	implementation	effect	recognised	at	the	date	of	initial	application	
1	January	2019.	By	doing	this,	comparative	financial	information	shall	not	be	
restated,	but	the	cumulative	effect	of	initially	applying	this	standard	shall	be	
reflected	as	an	adjustment	to	the	opening	balance.	At	the	time	of	transition,	
leases	entered	under	IAS	17	was	not	reassessed.

The	group	applied	IFRS	16	using	the	modified	retrospective	approach.	
The impact	of	changes	in	accounting	policies	and	impact	of	the	initial	
application	is	disclosed	below	and	note	4	in	the	parent	accounts

Identifying a lease:
At	the	inception	of	a	contract,	the	group	assesses	whether	the	contract	is,	or	
contains,	a	lease.	A	contract	is,	or	contains,	a	lease	if	the	contract	conveys	the	
right	to	control	the	use	of	an	identified	asset	for	a	period	of	time	in	exchange	
for	consideration.	To	determine	whether	a	contract	conveys	the	right	to	control	
the	use	of	an	identified	asset,	the	group	assesses	whether:

•  The	agreement	creates	enforceable	rights	of	payment	and	obligations
•  The	identified	asset	is	physically	distinct
•  It	has	the	right	to	obtain	substantially	all	of	the	economic	benefits	from	use	

of	the	asset

•  It	has	the	right	to	direct	the	use	of	the	asset
•  The	supplier	does	not	have	a	substantive	right	to	substitute	the	asset	

	throughout	the	period	of	use

Lessee:
For	contracts	that	constitutes,	or	contains	a	lease,	the	group	separates	
lease	components	if	it	benefits	from	the	use	of	each	underlying	asset	either	
on	its	own	or	together	with	other	resources	that	are	readily	available,	and	
the	underlying	asset	is	neither	highly	dependent	on,	nor	highly	interrelated	
with,	the	other	underlying	assets	in	the	contract.	The	group	then	accounts	
for	each	lease	component	within	the	contract	as	a	lease	separately	from	
	non- lease	components	of	the	contract.	The	group	allocates	the	consideration	
in	the	contract	to	each	lease	component	on	the	basis	of	the	relative	
	stand- alone	price	of	the	lease	component	and	the	aggregate	stand-alone	
price	of	the	non-lease	components.	If	an	observable	stand-alone	price	is	
not	readily	available,	the	group	estimates	this	price	by	maximising	the	use	of	
observable information.

Recognition of leases and exemptions:
At	the	lease	commencement	date,	the	group	recognises	a	lease	liability	and	
corresponding	right-of-use	asset	for	all	lease	agreements	in	which	it	is	the	
lessee,	except	for	the	following	exemptions	applied:

•  Short-term	leases	(defined	as	12	months	or	less)
•  Low	value	assets

For	these	leases,	the	group	recognises	the	lease	payments	as	other	operating	
expenses	in	the	statement	of	profit	or	loss	when	they	incur.

Measuring the lease liability:
The	lease	liability	is	initially	measured	at	the	present	value	of	the	lease	
payments	for	the	right	to	use	the	underlying	asset	during	the	lease	term	
that	are	not	paid	at	the	commencement	date.	The	lease	term	represents	the	
noncancellable	period	of	the	lease,	together	with	periods	covered	by	an	option	
to	extend	the	lease	when	the	group	is	reasonably	certain	to	exercise	this	
option,	and	period’s	covered	by	an	option	to	terminate	the	lease	if	the	group	is	
reasonably	certain	not	to	exercise	that	option.	The	lease	payments	included	in	
the	measurement	comprise	of:

58

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

•  Fixed	lease	payments	(including	in-substance	fixed	payments),	less	any	lease	

incentives	receivable.

•  Variable	lease	payments	that	depend	on	an	index	or	a	rate,	initially	measured	

using	the	index	or	rate	as	at	the	commencement	date.

•  Amount	expected	to	be	payable	by	the	group	under	residual	

	value 	guarantees.

•  The	exercise	price	of	a	purchase	option,	if	the	group	is	reasonably	certain	to	

exercise	that	option.

•  Payments	of	penalties	for	terminating	the	lease,	if	the	lease	term	reflects	the	

group	exercising	an	option	to	terminate	the	lease.

The	group	do	not	include	variable	lease	payments	in	the	lease	liability	arising	
from	contracted	index	regulations	subject	to	future	events,	such	as	inflation.	
Instead,	the	group	recognises	these	costs	in	profit	or	loss	in	the	period	in	
which	the	event	or	condition	that	triggers	those	payments	occurs.	The	lease	
liability	is	subsequently	measured	by	increasing	the	carrying	amount	to	
reflect	interest	on	the	lease	liability,	reducing	the	carrying	amount	to	reflect	
the	lease	payments	made	and	remeasuring	the	carrying	amount	to	reflect	
any	reassessment	or	lease	modifications,	or	to	reflect	adjustments	in	lease	
payments	due	to	an	adjustment	in	an	index	or	rate.	Group	presents	its	lease	
liabilities	as	separate	line	items	in	the	statement	of	financial	position.

Sensitivity of the lease liability:
The	group	cannot	always	determine	the	interest	rate	implicit	in	the	lease,	
therefore,	it	uses	its	incremental	borrowing	rate	to	measure	lease	liabilities.	
The	incremental	borrowing	rate	reflects	what	the	group	‘would	have	to	
pay’,	which	requires	estimation	when	no	observable	rates	are	available	
(such	as	for	subsidiaries	that	do	not	enter	into	financing	transactions)	or	
when	the	rates	need	to	be	adjusted	to	reflect	the	term	and	currency	of	the	
lease.	In	determining	the	lease	term,	management	considers	all	facts	and	
circumstances	that	create	an	economic	incentive	and	business	plans	to	
exercise	an	extension	option,	or	not	exercise	a	termination	option.	Extension	
options	(or	periods	after	termination	options)	are	only	included	in	the	lease	
term	if	the	lease	is	reasonably	certain	to	be	extended	(or	not	terminated).	
The	assessment	is	reviewed	if	a	significant	event	or	a	significant	change	in	
circumstances	occurs	which	affects	this	assessment	and	that	is	within	the	
control	of	the	lessee.

Measuring the right-of-use asset:
The	right-of-use	asset	is	initially	measured	at	cost.	The	cost	of	the	right-of-use	
asset	comprise:

•  The	amount	of	the	initial	measurement	of	the	lease	liability
•  Any	lease	payments	made	at	or	before	the	commencement	date,	less	any	

lease	incentives	received

•  Any	initial	direct	costs	incurred	by	the	group
•  An	estimate	of	costs	to	be	incurred	by	the	group	in	dismantling	and	removing	
the	underlying	asset,	restoring	the	site	on	which	it	is	located	or	restoring	the	
underlying	asset	to	the	condition	required	by	the	terms	and	conditions	of	the	
lease,	unless	those	costs	are	incurred	to	produce	inventories.

The	right-of-use	asset	is	subsequently	measured	at	cost	less	accumulated	
depreciation	and	impairment	losses.	The	group	applies	the	depreciation	
requirements	in	IAS	16	Property,	Plant	and	Equipment	in	depreciating	the	
right-of-use	asset,	except	that	the	right-of-use	asset	is	depreciated	from	
the	commencement	date	to	the	earlier	of	the	lease	term	and	the	remaining	
useful	life	of	the	right-of-use	asset.	The	group	has	not	applied	the	revaluation	
model	for	its	right	of	use	asset	for	leased	buildings.	Group	presents	it’s	
right-of- use	assets	as	separate	line	items	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	
financial position.	

Impairment:
The	group	applies	IAS	36	Impairment	of	Assets	to	determine	whether	the	right	
of-use	asset	is	impaired	and	to	account	for	any	impairment	loss	identified.	
Impairment	of	right-of-use	assets	follow	the	same	principles	as	impairment	for	
other	non-financial	assets,	refer	to	financial	reporting	principles	for	property,	
vessels,	and	other	tangible	assets	note	7.

Cont. note 8 Leases
Implementation effect
The	net	effect	of	implementation	of	IFRS	16	at	January	1,	2019	is 	presented below.

USD mill

Lease	liability	at	1	January	2019

Right-of-use	asset	at	1	January	2019

Difference between lease liability and right-of-use asset per January 1, 2019

Prepayments and currency translation

USD mill

Material	operating	lease	commitment	as	at	31	December	2018

Operating	lease	commitment	as	at	31	December	2018	(not	included	in	material	operating	lease	committment)

Relief	option	for	leases	of	low-value	assets

Option	periods	not	previously	reported	as	lease	commitments

Undiscounted	lease	liabililty

Effect	of	discounting	lease	commitment	to	net	present	value

Lease liability at 1 January 2019

220

222

2

2

 204 

 16 

 (1)

 15 

 234 

 (14)

 220 

RIGHT-OF-USE-ASSETS
The	group	leases	several	assets	such	as	buildings,	machinery,	equipment	and	vehicles.	The	group’s	right-of-use	assets	are	categorised	and	presented	in	the	
table below:

USD mill
2020

Acquisition	cost	1.1

Addition	of	right-of-use	assets

Reclass/disposal

Currency	exchange	differences

Acquisition cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	and	impairment	1.1

Depreciation

Reclass/disposal

Currency	exchange	differences

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 31.12

Carrying amount of right-of-use assets 31.12

USD mill
2019

Acquisition	cost	1.1

Change	of	estimates

Currency	exchange	differences

Acquisition cost 31.12

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 1.1

Depreciation

Currency	exchange	differences

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 31.12

Carrying amount of right-of-use assets 31.12

Lower	of	remaining	lease	term	or	economic	life

Depreciation	method

Buildings and land

Machinery, 
equipment and 
vehicles

Total 
intangible assets

 192 

 16 

 (12)

 6 

 202 

 (28)

 (26)

 21 

 (2)

 (35)

 168 

 12 

 5 

 (5)

 13 

 (4)

 (3)

 4 

 (4)

 9 

 204 

 21 

 (16)

 6 

 215 

 (31)

 (29)

 24 

 (2)

 (38)

 177 

Buildings and land

Machinery, 
equipment and 
vehicles

Total 
intangible assets

 210 

 (11)

 (8)

 192 

 (26)

 (1)

 (28)

 164 

 12 

 12 

 (4)

 (4)

 8 

5-12	years

	Linear	

	3-8	years	

	Linear	

 222 

 (11)

 (8)

 204 

 (30)

 (1)

 (31)

 173 

59

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020    
 
Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 8 Leases

Lease liabilities

USD mill

Undiscounted lease liabilities and maturity of cash outflows

Less	than	1	year

1-2	years

2-3	years

3-4	years

4-5	years

More	than	5	years

2020

2019

 (35)

 (34)

 (33)

 (33)

 (18)

 (65)

 (36)

 (33)

 (30)

 (29)

 (27)

 (63)

Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31.12

 (218)

 (217)

Summary of the lease liabilities in the financial statements

Total	lease	liability	01.01	(initial	application	01.01.2019)

Cash	payments	for	the	principal	portion	of	the	lease	liability

Change	of	estimates	

Currency	exchange	differences

Total lease liabilities at 31.12

Current	lease	liabilities

Non-current	lease	liabilities

 181 

 (18)

 10 

 12 

 192 

 31 

 161 

 220 

 (24)

 (20)

 5 

 181 

 27 

 154 

The	leases	do	not	contain	any	restrictions	on	the	group’s	dividend	policy	or	financing.	The	group	does	not	have	significant	residual	value	guarantees	related	to	its	
leases	to	disclose.

Summary of other lease expenses recognised in income statement

2020

2019

Variable	lease	payments	expensed	in	the	period

Operating	expenses	related	to	short-term	leases	(including	short-term	low	value	assets)

Operating	expenses	related	to	low	value	assets	(excluding	short-term	leases	including	below)

Total lease expenses included in other operating expenses

 1 

 9 

2

12 

 1 

 6 

3

10

Practical expedients applied
The	group	leases	computers,	IT	equipment	and	machinery	with	contract	terms	
of	1	to	3	years.	The	group	has	elected	to	apply	the		practical		expedient	of	low	
value	assets	and	does	not	recognise	lease	liabilities	or		right-of-use	assets.	The	
leases	are	instead	expensed	when	they	incur.	The group	has	also	applied	the	
practical	expedient	to	not	recognise	lease	liabilities	and		right-of-use	assets	for	
short-term	leases,	presented	in	the	table above.	

Further,	the	group	has	lease	commitments,	not	yet	commenced	and	therefore	
not	included	in	the	lease	liabilities	of	approximately	USD	3	million	as	of	31	
December	2020	(2019:	USD	4	million)

Extension options
The	group’s	lease	of	buildings	have	lease	terms	that	varies	from	5	years	to	
25	years,	and	several	agreements	involve	a	right	of	renewal	which	may	be	
exercised	during	the	last	period	of	the	lease	terms.	The	group	assesses	at	the	

commencement	whether	it	is	reasonably	certain	to	exercise	the	renewal	right.	
The	option	related	to	the	group	headquarter	was	removed	from	right-of-use	
assets	at	31 December	2019.

Purchase options
The	group	leases	machinery,	equipment	and	vehicles	with	lease	terms	of	3	to 5	
years.	Some	of	these	contracts	includes	a	right	to	purchase	the	assets	at	the	
end	of	the	contract	term.	The	group	assesses	at	the	commencement	whether	
it	is	reasonably	certain	to	exercise	the	purchase	right.	All	options	are	based	on	
market	value.

Subleases
The	group	has	subleased	an	immaterial	part	of	its	redundant	office	buildings,	
classified	as	an	operating	lease.

60

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Note 9 Tax

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Income	tax	in	the	income	statement	consists	of	current	tax,	effect	of	changes	
in	deferred	tax	/	deferred	tax	assets,	and	withholding	tax	incurred	in	the	period.	
Income	tax	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement	unless	it	relates	to	items	
recognised	directly	in	equity	or	other	comprehensive	income.	

Current tax:
Current	tax	is	the	expected	tax	payable	or	receivable	on	the	taxable	income	
or	loss	for	the	year,	using	tax	rates	enacted	or	substantially	enacted	at	the	
reporting	date	that	will	be	paid	during	the	next	12	months.	Current	tax	also	
includes	any	adjustment	of	taxes	from	previous	years	and	taxes	on	dividends	
recognised	in	the	year.

Deferred tax / deferred tax asset
Deferred	tax	is	calculated	using	the	liability	method	on	all	temporary	differ-
ences	arising	between	the	tax	bases	of	assets	and	liabilities	and	their	carrying	

amounts	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	Deferred	income	tax	is	
determined	using	tax	rates	and	laws	which	have	been	enacted	by	the	balance	
sheet	date	and	are	expected	to	apply	when	the	related	deferred	income	tax	
asset	is	realised,	or	the	deferred	income	tax	liability	settled.

Deferred	income	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	
future	taxable	profit	will	be	available,	and	that	the	temporary	differences	can	
be	deducted	from	this	profit.	Deferred	income	tax	is	calculated	on	temporary	
differ	ences	arising	on	investments	in	subsidiaries	and	associates,	except	
where	the	timing	of	the	reversal	of	the	temporary	difference	is	controlled	by	
the group.

Withholding tax:
Withholding	tax	and	any	related	tax	credits	are	generally	recognised	in	the	
period	they	are	incurred.

Ordinary taxation
The	ordinary	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	Norway	is	22%	of	net	profit	for	2020	
(2019:	22%).	Norwegian	limited	liability	companies	are	encompassed	by	the	
participation	exemption	method	for	share	income.	Thus,	share	dividends	
and	gains	are	tax	free	for	the	receiving	company.	Corresponding	losses	on	
shares	are	not	deductible.	The	participation	exemption	method	does	not	
apply	to		share	income	from	companies	considered	low	taxed	and	that	are	
located		outside	the	European	Economic	Area	(EEA),	and	on	share	income	
from 	companies	owned	by	less	than	10%	resident	outside	the	EEA.

For	group	companies	located	in	the	same	country	and	within	the	same	tax	
regime,	taxable	profits	in	one	company	can	be	offset	against	tax	losses	and	tax	
loss	carry	forwards	in	other	group	companies.	Deferred	tax/deferred	tax	asset	

has	been	calculated	on	temporary	differences	to	the	extent	that	it	is	likely	that	
these	can	be	utilised	in	each	country	and	for	Norwegian	entities	the	group	has	
applied	a	rate	of	22%	(2019:	22%).

The	effective	tax	rate	for	the	group	will,	from	period	to	period,	change	
	dependent	on	the	group	gains	and	losses	from	investments	inside	the	
	exemption	method	and	tax	exempt	revenues	from	tonnage	tax	regimes.

Foreign taxes
Companies	domiciled	outside	Norway	will	be	subject	to	local	taxation,	either	
on	ordinary	terms	or	under	special	tonnage	tax	rules.	When	dividends	are	paid,	
local	withholding	taxes	may	be	applicable.	This	generally	applies	to	dividends	
paid	by	companies	domiciled	outside	the	EEA.	

USD mill

Allocation of tax expense for the year

Payable	tax	in	Norway

Payable	tax	foreign

Change	in	deferred	tax

Total tax expense

2020

2019

 (14)

 (12)

 (1)

 (27)

 (8)

 (12)

 5 

 (15)

 144 

 32 

 7 

 (19)

 (11)

 6 

 15 

Reconciliation of actual tax expense against expected tax expense in accordance with the ordinary Norwegian income tax rate of 22%

Profit	before	tax

22% tax 

Tax effect from:

Permanent	differences

Non-taxable	income

Share	of	(profit)/loss	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Impairment	deferred	tax	asset*

Withholding	tax	and	payable	tax	previous	year

Calculated tax expense for the group

 205 

 45 

 4 

 (48)

 11 

 8 

 8 

 27 

Effective	tax	rate	for	the	group

 13.4% 

 10.2% 

*	The	group	have	material	deferred	tax	assets,	mainly	related	to	companies	within	the	Norwegian	tax	regime.	As	part	of	the	group’s	revenue	subject	to	Norwegian	
taxation	falls	within	the	tax	exemption	method,	there	is	an	increased	uncertainty	regarding	the	future	use	of	the	deferred	tax	asset.	Based	on	this,	the	group	have	
recognised	an	impairment	of	USD	8	million	related	to	deferred	tax	assets.

61

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 9 Tax

USD mill

Net	deferred	tax	assets	at	01.01

Currency	translation	differences

Tax	charged	to	equity	

Income	statement	charge

Net deferred tax assets at 31.12

Deferred	tax	assets	in	balance	sheet

Deferred	tax	liabilities	in	balance	sheet

Net deferred tax assets at 31.12

USD mill

Deferred tax liabilities

At 31.12.2019

Through	income	statement

Currency	translations

Deferred tax liabilities at 31.12.2020

At 31.12.2018

Through	income	statement

Currency	translations

Deferred tax liabilities at 31.12.2019

USD mill
Deferred tax assets 

At 31.12.2019

Through	income	statement

Charged	directly	to	equity

Currency	translations

Deferred tax assets at 31.12.2020

At 31.12.2018

Through	income	statement

Charged	directly	to	equity

Currency	translations

Deferred tax assets at 31.12.2019

2020

2019

 46 

 (2)

 1 

 (1)

 44 

 55 

 (12)

 44 

 42 

 (1)

 5 

 46 

 57 

 (11)

 46 

 Fixed assets

 Other 

 Total 

 (11)

 7 

 (1)

 (5)

 (13)

 1 

 1 

 (11)

 (1)

 (1)

 (2)

 (5)

 4 

 (1)

 (12)

 7 

 (1)

 (7)

 (18)

 5 

 1 

 (12)

 Non current assets 
and liabilities 

 Current assets and 
liabilities 

 Tax losses 
carried forward 

 Total 

 6 

 (6)

 1 

 0 

 19 

 (14)

 1 

 6 

 11 

 (4)

 7 

 25 

 (12)

 (2)

 11 

 42 

 2 

 (1)

 43 

 17 

 25 

 42 

 59 

 (8)

 1 

 (1)

 51 

 60 

 1 

 (2)

 59 

The	mainly	part	of	tax	loss	carry	forward	is	related	to	entities	in	Norway	and	
USA,	without	expiration	of	the	tax	loss	carry	forward.	

Temporary	differences	related	to	joint	ventures	and	associates	are	USD 0	
for	the	group,	since	all	the	units	are	regarded	as	located	within	the	area	
in	which	the	exemption	method	applies,	and	no	plans	exist	to	sell	any	of	
	these 	companies.	

The	Maritime	Services	segment	will	have	shares	in	subsidiaries	not	subject	
to	the	exemption	method	which	could	give	rise	to	a	tax	charge	in	the	event	
of	a	sale,	where	no	provision	has	been	made	for	deferred	tax	associated	
with	a	possible	sale	or	dividend.	There	are	currently	no	plans	to	dispose	of	
such companies.

62

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

    
    
   
    
    
Note 10 Earnings	per	shares

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Basic/diluted	earnings	per	share	is	calculated	by	dividing	profit	for	the	period	
after	non-controlling	interests,	by	average	number	of	total	outstanding	shares.

The	calculation	of	basic	and	diluted	earnings	per	share	is	based	on	the	income	
attributable	to	ordinary	shareholders	and	a	weighted	average		number of	ordi-
nary	shares	outstanding.	Own	shares	are	not	included	in	the	weighted	average	
number	of	ordinary	shares.	Weighted	average	number	of	diluted	and	ordinary	
shares	is	the	same,	as	the	company	does	not	have	any 	dilutive 	instruments.

Earnings per share
Earnings	per	share	taking	into	consideration	the	number	of	outstanding	shares	
in	the	period.	At	31	December	2020	WWH	ASA	owns	a	total	of	1	823	824	own	
shares,	split	on	537	092	A-shares	and	1	286	732	B-shares.	Total	outstanding	
shares	as	of	31	December	2020	are	34	000	000	A-shares	and	10	580	000	
B-shares.

Earnings	per	share	is	calculated	based	on	an	average	of	44	580	000	shares	for	
2020	and	45	947	868	shares	for	2019.

See	note	10	in	the	parent	accounts	for	an	overview	of	the	largest	shareholders	
at	31	December	2020.

Note 11 Pension

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Defined contribution plan:
A	defined	contribution	plan	is	one	under	which	the	group	and	the	parent	
company	pay	fixed	contributions	to	a	separate	legal	entity.	The	group	and	the	
parent	company	have	no	legal	or	constructive	obligations	to	pay	further	
contributions	if	the	fund	does	not	hold	sufficient	assets	to	pay	all	employees	
the	benefits	relating	to	employee	service	in	the	current	and	prior	periods.

Defined benefit plan:
A	defined	benefit	plan	is	one	which	is	not	a	defined	contribution	plan.	This	type	
of	plan	typically	defines	an	amount	of	pension	benefit	an	employee	will	receive	
on	retirement,	normally	dependent	on	one	or	more	factors	such	as	age,	years	
of	service	and	pay.

The	liability	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet	in	respect	of	defined	benefit	
pension	plans	is	the	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	at	the	end	
of	the	reporting	period	less	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets.	The	defined	benefit	
obligation	is	calculated	annually	by	independent	actuaries	using	the	projected	
unit	credit	method.	The	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	is	
determined	by	discounting	the	estimated	future	cash	outflows	using	interest	
rates	of	high-quality	corporate	bonds	that	are	denominated	in	the	currency	in	
which	the	benefits	will	be	paid,	and	that	have	terms	to	maturity	approximating	
to	the	terms	of	the	related	pension	obligation.

The	pension	obligation	is	calculated	annually	by	independent	actuaries	using	a	
straight-line	earnings	method.	Actuarial	gains	and	losses	arising	from	experience	
adjustments	and	changes	in	actuarial	assumptions	are	charged	or	credited	to	
equity	in	other	comprehensive	income	in	the	period	in	which	they	arise.	
Past-service	costs	are	recognised	immediately	in	the	income	statement.

Description of the pension scheme
The	group’s	defined	contribution	pension	schemes	for	Norwegian	employees	
are	with	financial	institutions	providing	solutions	based	on	investment	funds.	

Subsidiaries	outside	Norway	have	separate	schemes	for	their	employees	in	
accordance	with	local	rules,	and	the	pension	schemes	are	for	the	material	part	
defined	contribution	plans.

The	group	has	“Ekstrapensjon”,	a	contribution	plan	for	all	Norwegian	
	employees	with	salaries	exceeding	12	times	the	Norwegian	National	Insurance	
base	amount	(G).	The	contribution	plan	replaced	the	group	obligations,	mainly	
financed	from	operation.	However,	the	group	still	has	obligations	for	some	
employees’	related	to	salaries	exceeding	12	times	the	Norwegian	National	
Insurance	base	amount	(G)	mainly	financed	from	operations.

In	addition,	the	group	has	agreements	on	early	retirement.	These	obligations	
are	mainly	financed	from	operations.

The	group	has	obligation	towards	one	employee	in	the	group’s	senior	executive	
management.	The	obligation	is	mainly	covered	through	group	annuity	policies	
in	Storebrand.

Pension	costs	and	obligations	include	payroll	taxes.	No	provision	has	been	
made	for	payroll	tax	in	pension	plans	where	the	plan	assets	exceed	the	
plan obligations.

The	liability	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet	in	respect	of	the	remaining	defined	
benefit	pension	plans	is	the	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	at	
the	end	of	the	reporting	period	less	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets.	The	defined	
benefit	obligations	are	calculated	annually	by	independent	actuaries	using	
the	projected	unit	credit	method.	The	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	
obligation	is	determined	by	discounting	the	estimated	future	cash	outflows	
using	interest	rates	of	corporate	bonds	that	are	denominated	in	the	currency	in	
which	the	benefits	will	be	paid,	and	that	have	terms	to	maturity	approximating	
to	the	terms	of	the	related	pension	obligation.	In	a	few	countries	without	deep	
markets	in	such	bonds,	the	market	rates	on	government	bonds	are	used.	

Actuarial	gains	and	losses	arising	from	experience	adjustments	and	
changes	in	actuarial	assumptions	are	charged	or	credited	to	equity	in	other	
	comprehensive	income	in	the	period	in	which	they	arise.

63

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 11 Pension

Number of people covered by pension schemes at 31.12

2020

2019

2020

2019

Funded

Unfunded

In	employment

On	retirement	(inclusive	disability	pensions)

Total number of people covered by pension schemes

 13 

 141 

 154 

 16 

 140 

 156 

 5 

 26 

 31 

 4 

 26 

 30 

Financial assumptions for the pension calculations:

2020

2019

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

Expenses

Commitments

Discount	rate

Anticipated	pay	regulation

Anticipated	increase	in	National	Insurance	base	amount	(G)

Anticipated	regulation	of	pensions

2.30%

2.00%

2.00%

0.10%

2.70%

2.50%

2.50%

0.10%

1.60%

1.75%

1.75%

0.10%

2.30%

2.00%

2.00%

0.10%

USD mill

Pension expenses

Service	cost/	net	interest	cost

Cost	of	contribution	plan

Pension expenses

USD mill

Pension obligations

Defined	benefit	obligation	at	end	of	prior	year

Effect	of	changes	in	foreign	exchange	rates

Service	cost

Interest	expense

Benefit	payments	from	plan

Benefit	payments	from	employer

Settlement	payments	from	plan	assets

Remeasurements	-	change	in	assumptions

Pension obligations 31.12

Fair value of plan assets

Fair	value	of	plan	assets	at	end	of	prior	year

Interest	income

Employer	contributions

Benefit	payments	from	plan

Settlement	payments	from	plan	assets

Gross pension assets 31.12

USD mill

Total pension obligations

Defined	benefit	obligation	

Fair	value	of	plan	assets

Net liability

64

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

2020

2019

 1 

 15 

 16 

 1 

 9 

 10 

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

 36 

 (1)

 1 

 1 

 (1)

 1 

 4 

 42 

 16 

 1 

 (1)

 17 

 40 

 1 

 1 

 (5)

 (1)

 36 

 20 

 1 

 (1)

 (4)

 16 

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

 42 

 17 

 25 

 36 

 16 

 20 

  
 
 
 
Note 12 Combined	items,	balance	sheet

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Loans and receivables at amortised cost:
Loans	and	receivables	are	non-derivative	financial	assets	with	fixed	or	deter-
minable	payments,	which	are	not	traded	in	an	active	market.	They	are	included	
in	current	assets,	except	for	maturities	greater	than	12	months	after	the	
balance	sheet	date.	These	are	classified	as	non-current	assets.	Loans	and	
receivable	are	classified	as	other	current	assets	or	other	non-current	assets	in	
the	balance	sheet.

Loans	and	receivables	are	recognised	initially	at	their	fair	value	plus	

trans	action	costs.	Financial	assets	are	derecognised	when	the	contractual	
rights	to	the	cash	flows	from	the	financial	assets	expire	or	are	transferred,	and	
the	group	has	transferred	by	and	large	all	risk	and	return	from	the	financial	
asset.		Realised gains	and	losses	are	recognised	in	the	income	statement	in	the	
period	they 	arise.

Account payables and other payables
Account	payables	and	other	payables	are	recognised	at	the	original	invoiced	
amount,	where	the	invoiced	amount	is	considered	to	be	approximately	equal	to	
the	value	derived	if	the	amortised	cost	method	would	have	been	applied.	

USD mill

OTHER NON CURRENT ASSETS*

Non	current	investments

Other	non	current	assets

Total other non current assets

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS*

Account	receivables

Financial	derivatives

Restricted	cash

Other	current	assets

Total other current assets

OTHER NON CURRENT LIABILITIES*

Related	party	non	current	liabilities

Other	non	current	liabilities	

Total other non current liabilities

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES*

Account	payables

Financial	derivatives

Other	current	liabilities**

Total other current liabilities

Note

2020

2019

19

19

19

17

17/19

19

 2 

 26 

 28 

 178 

 15 

1

 81

 274 

 23 

 23 

 208 

 9 

 260 

 478 

 1 

 23 

 25 

 233 

 1 

1

 82 

 317 

 3 

 25 

 28 

 223 

 16 

 216 

 455 

*Current	assets	and	current	liabilities	are	due	within	12	months.	Non	current	assets	and	non	current	liabilities	are	due	in	more	than	12	months.

**Maritime	Services	has	615	965	(2019:	612	738)	cylinders	booked	as	other	tangible	asset	in	the	balance	sheet,	see	note	7.	The	cylinders	are	valued	at	USD	109	
million	(2019:	USD	112	million).	These	cylinders	are	partly	in	the	group’s	own	possession	and	partly	on	board	customers	vessels.	Most	customers	have	paid	a	
deposit	for	the	cylinders	they	have	onboard	their	vessels.	The	total	deposit	liability	booked	is	USD	96	million	(2019:	USD	85	million).	

Provisions	in	other	current	liabilities,	including	cylinder	deposit	liability,	does	
include	some	degree	of	uncertainty	due	to	the	nature	of	the	provisions.	
Provisions	are	calculated	and	recognised	based	on	available	information	and	

assumptions	at	the	time	when	the	provision	is	made,	and	will	be	updated	if	
needed	when	new	information	becomes	available.

65

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Accounts and notes

Note 13 Receivables

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Account	receivables	and	other	receivables,	that	have	fixed	or	determinable	
payments	that	are	not	quoted	in	an	active	market	are	classified	as	receivables.	
Account	receivables	and	other	receivables	are	recognised	at	the	original	
invoiced	amount,	where	the	invoiced	amount	is	considered	to	be	approxi	mately 
equal	to	the	value	derived	if	the	amortised	cost	method	would	have	been 	applied.	

The	group	applies	the	IFRS	9	simplified	approach	to	measuring	expected	credit	
losses	which	uses	a	lifetime	expected	loss	allowance	for	all	trade	receivables	
and	contract	assets,	including	receivables	from	lease	contracts.

To	measure	the	expected	credit	losses,	trade	receivables	and	contract	assets	
have	been	grouped	based	on	shared	credit	risk	charateristics	and	the	days	
past	due.	

USD mill
31 December 2020

Expected	loss	rate	

Gross	carrying	amount	-	trade	receivables

Loss allowance*

31 December 2019

Expected	loss	rate	

Gross	carrying	amount	-	trade	receivables

Loss allowance*

The	expected	loss	rates	are	based	on	the	payment	profiles	of	sales	over	
a		period	of	36	month	before	31	December	2020	respectively	and	the	
corresponding	historical	credit	losses	experienced	within	this	period.	The	
historical	loss	rates	are	adjusted	to	reflect	current	and	forward	looking	
information	on	macroeconomic	factors	affecting	the	ability	of	the	customers	
to	settle	the	receivables.	The	group	has	identified	the	GDP	and	the	
unemployment	rate	of	the	countries	in	which	it	sells	its	goods	and	services	to	
be	the	most	relevant	factors,	and	accordingly	adjusts	the	historical	loss	rates	
based	on	expected	changes	in	these	factors.

Current

Less than 90
 days past due

Between 
90 and 180 
days past due

More than 180
 days past due

0%

 166 

 0 

0%

 216 

 0 

1%

 5 

 (0)

1%

 7 

 (0)

3%

 5 

 (0)

3%

 7 

 (0)

68%

 7 

 (5)

57%

 7 

 (4)

*Loss	allowance	is	rounded	to	nil	for	trade	receivables	less	than	180	days	overdue.

ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES
At	31	December	2020,	USD	11	million	(2019:	USD	21	million)	in	
	account		receivables	had	fallen	due	but	not	been	subject	to		impairment.	
	These 	receivables	are	related	to	a	number	of	separate	customers.	

	Historically, the	percentage	of	bad	debts	has	been	low	and	the	group	expects	
the	customers	to	settle	outstanding	receivables.	Receivables	fallen	due	but	not	
subject	to	impairment	have	the	following	age	composition:

2020

2019

 5 

 4 

 2 

 4 

 1 

 5 

 125 

 52 

 1 

 178 

 7 

 7 

 7 

 4 

 4 

 176 

 53 

 3 

 233 

USD mill

Aging of account receivables past due but not impaired

Up	to	90	days

90-180	days

Over	180	days

Movements in group provision for impairment of account receivables are as follows

Balance	at	01.01

Net	provision	for	receivables	impairment

Balance 31.12

Account receivables per segment

Maritime	Services	

Supply	Services	

Holding	and	Investments	

Total account receivables

See	note	19	on	credit	risk.

Maritime	Services
Supply	Services
Holding	and	Investments

2020
Account Receivables

2019
Account Receivables

1%

29%

23%

70%

76%

66

Account Receivables 2020 
Maritime Services: 70
Supply Services: 29
Holding and Investments: 0

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Account Receivables 2019 
Maritime Services: 76
Supply Services: 23
Holding and Investments: 1

Cont. note 13 Receivables

ACCOUNT PAYABLES

USD mill

Maritime	Services	

Supply	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Total account payables

See	note	19	on	credit	risk.

Maritime	Services
Supply	Services
Holding	and	Investments

2020
Account Payables

2019
Account Payables

12% 1%

10% 1%

2020

 181 

 25 

 1 

 208

2019

 197

 23

 3 

 223 

87%

88%

Account Payables 2020 
Maritime Services: 87
Supply Services: 12
Holding and Investments: 1

Account Payables 2019 
Maritime Services: 88
Supply Services: 10
Holding and Investments: 1

Note 14 Financial	assets	to	fair	value

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Management	determines	the	classification	of	financial	assets	at	their	initial	
recognition,	with	financial	assets	held	for	trading	carried	at	fair	value.	Financial	

assets	measured	at	fair	value	are	initially	measured	at	fair	value	with	transaction	
costs	expensed	in	the	income	statement,	and	subsequently	changes	in	fair	
value	recognised	in	the	income	statement.	

USD mill

Financial assets to fair value 

At	1	January	

Acquisition	

Reclassified	

Sale	during	the	year

Currency	translation	adjustment	through	other	comprehensive	income

Change	in	fair	value	through	income	statement

Total financial assets to fair value 

Financial assets to fair value 

Qube	Holdings	Limited

Other	Australian	financial	assets

Hyundai	Glovis	

Other

Total financial assets to fair value 

2020

2019

 675 

 9 

 (86) 

 11 

 192 

 801 

 80 

 18 

 699 

 5 

 801 

 650 

 9 

 2 

 (20)

 (0)

 34 

 675 

 92 

 18 

 560 

 6 

 675 

Financial	assets	to	fair	value	are	held	in	subsidiaries	with	different	reporting	currency	and	thereby	creating	translation	adjustments.

Qube	Holdings	Limited	is	Australia’s	largest	integrated	provider	of	import	and	
export	logistics	services,	and	listed	on	the	Australian	Securities	Exchange	
(ASX).	As	per	31	December	2020	the	group	held	35	million	shares,	1.8%	of	
total	(2019:	40	million	shares,	2.5%	of	total).	The	shares	in	Qube	serve	as	
	collateral	for	a	credit	facility.	See	note	18.

Hyundai	Glovis	Co.,	Ltd.,	is	a	global	Korean	based	general	logistics	and	
	distribution	company,	providing	business	service	such	as	logistics,	marine	
transportation,	KD,	used	cars	and	trading.	Glovis	is	listed	on	the	Korean	Stock	
Exchange.	As	per	31	December	2020,	Treasure	ASA	group	held	4.1	million	
shares	in	Glovis	(11%	of	total)	(2019:	12.04%).	Treasure	ASA	is	listed	on	the	
Oslo	Stock	Exchange.

67

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Accounts and notes

Note 15 Inventories

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Inventories	of	purchased	goods	and	work	in	progress,	are	valued	at	cost	in	
accordance	with	the	weighted	average	cost	method.	Impairment	losses	are	

recognised	if	the	net	realisable	value	is	lower	than	the	cost	price.	Sales	costs	
include	all	remaining	sales,	administrative	and	storage	costs.

USD mill

Inventories

Raw	materials

Goods/projects	in	process

Finished	goods/products	for	onward	sale

Others	

Total inventories

Obsolescence	allowance,	deducted	above

2020

2019

 8 

 2 

 74 

 84 

 4 

 7 

 2 

 73 

 1 

 82 

 2 

Note 16 Current	financial	investments

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
This	category	consists	of	financial	assets	held	for	trading.	A	financial	asset	is	
classified	in	this	category	if	acquired	principally	for	the	purpose	of	profit	from	
short	term	price	gains.	Current	financial	investments	are	measured	at	fair	value.	

The	resulting	unrealised	gains	and	losses	are	included	in	financial	income	and	
expense.	Derivatives	are	also	placed	in	this	category	unless	designated	as	
hedges.	Assets	in	this	category	are	classified	as	current.

USD mill

Market value current financial investments

Equities

Bonds

Financial	derivatives

Total current financial investments

2020

2019

 72 

 48 

 5 

 124 

 57 

 44 

 1 

 102 

The	fair	value	of	all	equity	securities,	bonds	and	other	financial	assets	is	based	on	their	closing	prices	in	an	active	market.

The	net	unrealised	gain	at	31.12

 14 

 10 

The	parent	company’s	portfolio	of	financial	investments	USD	119	million	is	held	as	collateral	within	a	securities’	finance	facility.	See	note	18.

68

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

  
Note 17 Cash,	restricted	bank	deposits	and	undrawn	credit	facilities

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	include	cash	in	hand,	deposits	held	at	call	with	
banks	and	other	liquid	investments	with	maturities	of	three	months	or	less.	

Bank 	overdrafts	are	presented	under	borrowings	in	current	liabilities	on	the	
balance	sheet.

USD mill

Payroll	tax	withholding	account

2020

2019

 1 

1 

Companies	that	do	not	have	payroll	tax	withholding	account	use	bank	guarantees.	As	per	31.12.2020	total	guarantees	amounted	to	USD	6.7	million	(2019:	
USD	6.3	million).

Committed	undrawn	credit	facilities

263 

299 

Committed	undrawn	credit	facilities	are	key	part	of	the	liquidity	reserve.

Cash and cash equivalents

Banks

Total cash and cash equivalents

 269 

 269 

 153 

 153 

The	group	has	cash	pool	arrangements	within	each	segments	and	this	is	
presented	as	cash	and	cash	equivalents.	WWH	ASA	(Holding	and	Investment	
segment)	owns	and	operates	a	multicurrency	cash	pool	with	a	header-account	
in	NOK,	comprising	of	subsidiaries	registered	in	Norway.	WMS	AS	(Maritime	
Services	segment)	owns	and	operates	a	multicurrency	cash	pool	with	a	

header-account	in	USD,	comprising	of	subsidiaries	in	Europe,	Asia-Pacific	
and	North	America.	NorSea	Group	AS	(Supply	Services	segment)	owns	and	
operates	a	multicurrency	cash	pool	with	a	header-account	in	NOK,	comprising	
of	subsidiaries	in	Norway,	Denmark,	Germany	and	U.K.

69

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Accounts and notes

Note 18 Interest-bearing	debt

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Loans	are	recognised	at	fair	value	when	the	proceeds	are	received,	net	of	
transaction	costs.	In	subsequent	periods,	loans	are	stated	at	amortised	cost	
using	the	effective	yield	method.	Any	difference	between	proceeds	(net	of	

transaction	costs)	and	the	redemption	value	is	recognised	in	the	income	
	statement	over	the	term	of	the	loan.	Loans	are	classified	as	current	liabilities	
unless	the	group	or	the	parent	company	has	an	unconditional	right	to	defer	
settlement	of	the	liability	for	at	least	12	months	after	the	balance	sheet	date.

USD mill

Interest-bearing debt

Bank	and	mortgages	loan

Lease	liability	

Total interest-bearing debt

Book value of collateral, mortgaged and leased assets:

Financial	assets	to	fair	value,	current	financial	investments	*

Assets	Supply	Services	

Total book value of collateral, mortgaged and leased assets

*	The	parent	company’s	portfolio	of	financial	investments	is	held	as	collateral	within	a	securities’	finance	facility.

USD mill

Repayment schedule for interest-bearing debt

Due	in	year	1

Due	in	year	2

Due	in	year	3

Due	in	year	4

Due	in	year	5	and	later

Total interest-bearing debt

Note

2020

2019

19

	14/16	

 464 

 192 

 657 

 199 

 853 

 1 052 

 494 

 181 

 675 

 193 

 770 

 964 

Note

2020

2019

 70 

 233 

 32 

 30 

 291 

 657 

 92 

 40 

 40 

 251 

 252 

 675 

19

The	overview	above	shows	the	actual	maturity	structure,	with	the	amount	due	
in	year	one	as	the	first	year’s	instalment	classified	under	other	current	liabilities.	
Loan	agreements	entered	into	by	the	group	contain	financial	covenants	

relating	to	liquidity,	leverage	and	value-adjusted	equity.	The	group	was	in	
compliance	with	all	covenants	at	31	December	2020.	

USD mill

The group net interest-bearing debt

Non	current	interest-bearing	debt

Non	current	lease	liabilities	

Current	interest-bearing	debt

Current	lease	liabilities	

Total interest-bearing debt

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Current	financial	investments

Net interest-bearing debt

Net interest-bearing debt in joint ventures

Non	current	interest-bearing	debt

Total interest-bearing debt in joint ventures

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Net interest-bearing debt in joint ventures

70

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

2020

2019

 426 

 161 

 38 

 31 

 657 

 269 

 124 

 264 

 114 

 114 

 32 

 82 

 429 

 154 

 65 

 27 

 675 

 153 

 102 

 419 

 98 

 98 

 27 

 71 

16

4

4

Cont. note 18 Interest-bearing	debt

USD mill

Guarantee commitments

Guarantees	for	group	companies

Total

The carrying amounts of the group’s bank loan are denominated in the following currencies

USD

NOK

DKK

Total

See	otherwise	note	19	for	information	on	financial	derivatives	(currency	hedges)	relating	to	interest-bearing	debt.

2020

2019

 71 

 71 

 199 

 252 

 13 

 464 

 49 

 49 

 198 

 285 

 10 

 494 

USD mill

Net debt

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Liquid	investments*

Borrowings	-	repayable	within	one	year	

Borrowings	-	repayable	after	one	year

Net debt

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	and	liquid	investments

Gross	debt	-	variable	interest	rates**

Net debt

Note

2020

2019

 269 

 124 

 (70) 

 (587) 

 (264) 

 393 

 (657) 

 (264) 

 153 

 102 

 (92) 

 (583) 

 (419) 

 255 

 (675) 

 (419) 

*Liquid	investments	are	investment	grade	bonds	and	liquid	equities	traded	
in	active	markets.	These	assets	are	held	at	fair	value	recognised	through	the	
income	statement.

**Interest-bearing	debt	is	exposed	to	movements	in	floating	interest	rates	in	
USD	and	NOK.	Material	parts	of	the	interest	rate	risk	in	the	NOK-denominated	
debt	is	hedged	within	the	Supply	Services	segment.

USD mill

Other assets

Liabilites from financing activities

Cash 
and cash 
 equivalents

Liquid
invest-
ments

Finance
leases 
due within 
1 year

Finance
leases
due after 
1 year

Borrow. 
due
within 
1 year

Borrow. 
due
after
1 year

Total 
financing 
activities

Net debt 01.01.2020

 153 

 102 

Reclass

Cash	flows

Foreign	exchange	adjustments

Other	non-cash	movements

Net debt 31.12.2020

Net debt 31.12.2018

Implementation	of	IFRS	16

Net debt 01.01.2019

Reclass

Cash	flows

Foreign	exchange	adjustments

Other	non-cash	movements

Net debt 31.12.2019

 115 

 269 

 140 

 140 

 13 

 1 

 (1)

 153 

 (1)

 (4)

 28 

 124 

 88 

 88 

 27 

 (4)

 (10)

 102 

 27 

 (1)

 2 

 3 

 31 

 1 

 27 

 28 

 (1)

 27 

 154 

 1 

 (18)

 3 

 21 

 161 

 10 

 193 

 203 

 (10)

 (24)

 (15)

 154 

 65 

 11 

 (27)

 (11)

 38 

 429 

 (1)

 (9)

 6 

 2 

 426 

 85 

 437 

 85 

 119 

 (136)

 (3)

 65 

 437 

 (109)

 93 

 8 

 429 

 675 

 10 

 (54)

 12 

 15 

 657 

 534 

 220 

 754 

 (68)

 6 

 (18)

 675 

Total 

 (419)

 (10)

 168 

 (16)

 8 

 (264)

 (306)

 (220)

 (526)

 108 

 (9)

 7 

 (419)

71

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
 
  
    
    
Group

Accounts and notes

Note 19 Financial	risk

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCIPLES
The	group	uses	derivatives	to	address	financial	risk.	Derivatives	are	included 
in	current	assets	or	current	liabilities,	except	for	maturities	greater	than	
12 	months	after	the	balance	sheet	date.	These	are	classified	as	non-current	
assets	or	other	non-current	liabilities	as	they	form	part	of	the	group’s	long-
term	economic	hedging	strategy	and	are	not	classified	as	held	for	trading.

Derivatives which do not qualify for hedge accounting
Most	derivative	instruments	do	not	qualify	for	hedge	accounting.	Changes in	the 
fair	value	of	any	derivative	instruments	which	do	not	qualify	for	hedge ac	counting	
are	presented	in	the	income	statement	as	financial	income/expense.

Derivatives which do qualify for hedge accounting
The	group	designates	certain	derivatives	as	hedges	of	highly	probable		forecast	
transactions	(cash	flow	hedges).	

At	the	date	of	the	hedging	transaction,	the	group	documents	the	relationship	
between	hedging	instruments	and	hedged	items,	as	well	as	the	objective	of	its 
risk	management	and	the	strategy	underlying	the	various	hedge	trans	actions.	
The	group	also	documents	the	extent	to	which	the	applied	derivatives	are	
effective	in	offsetting	changes	in	fair	value	or	cash	flow	associated	with	the	
hedge	items.	Such	assessments	are	documented	both	initially	and	on	an	
ongoing	basis.

The	fair	value	of	derivatives	used	for	hedging	is	shown	in	note	16	to	the	group	
accounts.	Changes	in	the	valuation	of	qualified	hedges	are	recognised	directly	
in	other	comprehensive	income	until	the	hedged	transactions	are	realised.

The	fair	value	of	financial	derivatives	traded	in	active	markets	is	based	
on		quoted	market	prices	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	fair	value	of	
	financial	derivatives	not	traded	in	an	active	market	is	determined	using	

	valuation		methodology,	such	as	the	discounted	value	of	future	cash	flows.	
	Independent	experts	verify	the	value	determination	for	instruments	which	
are 	considered material.

Cash flow hedge
The	effective	portion	of	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivatives		designated	as	
cash	flow	hedges	are	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income		to	gether	with	
the	deferred	tax	effect.	Gain	and	loss	on	the	ineffective		portion	is		recognised	
in	the	income	statement.	Amounts	recognised	in	other		com	prehensive	
income	are	recognised	as	income	or	expense	in	the	income 	statement	in	
the	period	when	the	hedged	liability	or	planned	transaction	will 	affect	the	
	income 	statement.	

Net investment hedge
Gain	and	losses	arising	from	the	hedging	instruments	relating	to	the	effective	
portions	of	the	net	investment	hedges	are	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	
income.	These	translation	reserves	are	reclassified	to	the	income	statement	
upon	loss	of	control	of	the	hedged	net	investments,	offsetting	the	translation	
differences	from	these	net	investments.	Any	ineffective	portion	is	recognised	
immediately	in	the	income	statement	as	financial	income/(expenses).

The	group	has	exposure	to	the	following	financial	risks	from	its	operations:

•  Market	risk
•  Foreign	exchange	rate	risk
•  Interest	rate	risk
•  Equity	market	risk
•  Credit	risk
•  Liquidity	risk

MARKET RISK
The	group	has	established	hedging	strategies	to	mitigate	risks	on	material	
exposures	originating	from	movements	in	currencies	and	interest	rates.	
This is compliant	with	the	financial	strategy	approved	by	the	board	of	directors.	

Changes	in	the	market	value	of	financial	derivatives	are	recognised	through	the	
income	statement	except	for	the	Supply	Service	segment,	where	derivatives	
are	recognised	in	Other	Comprehensive	Income.

Associates	hedge	their	own	exposures.	The	group	records	the	effects	of	
realised	and	unrealised	changes	in	financial	derivatives	held	in	these	entities	in	
accordance	with	the	equity	method	under	“share	of	profit	from	joint	ventures	
and	associates”.	The	material	associates	are	Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA	group	
in	Holding	and	Investment	segment	and	Coast	Center	Base	group	in	Supply	
Service	segment.

Foreign exchange rate risk
The	group	is	exposed	to	currency	risk	on	revenues	and	costs	in	non-functional	
currencies	(transaction	risk),	and	balance	sheet	items	denominated	in	currencies	
other	than	non-functional	currencies	(translation	risk).	

The	group’s	largest	foreign	exchange	exposures	are	NOK,	EUR,	SGD	and	
KRW	-	all	against	USD.	

TRANSACTION RISK HEDGING (CASH FLOW)
The	group’s	operating	segments	are	responsible	for	hedging	their	own	material	
transaction	risk.	Within	Maritime	Services,	USDNOK,	EURUSD	and	USDSGD	
exposures	are	subject	to	a	systematic	3-year	rolling	hedge	program,	utilizing	a	
portfolio	of	currency	options	and	currency	forwards.	USDMYR	is	hedged	using	
currency	forwards	with	maturities	up	to	12	months.	Remaining	exposures	are	
non-material	and	not	hedged.	

TRANSLATION RISK HEDGING (BALANCE SHEET)
The	group’s	policy	for	mitigating	translation	risk	is	to	match	the	denomination	
currency	of	assets	and	liabilities	to	as	large	extent	as	possible.	

FX SENSITIVITES (TRANSLATION RISK)
The	group	monitors	the	net	exposure	and	calculates	sensitivities	on	a	regular	
basis,	based	on	average	market	volatility	per	currency	cross.	Sensitivities	
showing	a	potential	accounting	effect	below	USD	5	million	on	group	level	are	
considered	non-material.	

USD mill

Currency through Income Statement

Including in other financial income/(expenses)

Operating	currency,	net

Financial	currency,	net

Currency	derivatives,	realised	

Currency	derivatives,	unrealised	

Net currency items in other financial income/(expenses)

1

Through other comprehensive income

Currency	translation	differences	through	OCI

Total net currency effects 

72

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Note

2020

2019

 (4)

 (3)

 (14)

 29 

 7 

 33 

 40 

 7 

 (10)

 (10)

 4 

 (8)

 (2)

 (11)

 
Cont. note 19 Financial	risk
For	Maritime	Services,	Supply	Services	and	Holding	and	Investments,	material	
translation	risks	are	booked	to	other	comprehensive	income	due	to	the	
functional	currency	for	most	of	the	entities	being	different	from	the	reporting	
currency	USD.	

The	group’s	segments	perform	sensitivity	analyses	on	the	unhedged	part	of	
the	transaction	risk	on	a	regular	basis.

The	portfolio	of	derivatives	used	to	hedge	the	group’s	transaction	risk	
	(described	in	previous	page),	exhibit	the	following	income	statement	sensitivity:

USD mill

Sensitivity

Income statement sensitivities of economic hedge program

Transaction	risk

USD/NOK	spot	rate

Income statement effect (post tax)

EUR/USD	spot	rate

Income statement effect (post tax)

USD/SGD	spot	rate

Income statement effect (post tax)

(Tax	rate	used	is	22%	that	equals	the	Norwegian	tax	rate)

 (10%)

 (5%)

0%

5%

10%

7.68

 14 

1.10

 (9)

1.19

 7 

8.10

 7 

1.17

 (4)

1.25

 4 

 8.53 

 1.23 

 1.32 

8.96

 (6)

1.29

 4 

1.39

 (3)

9.38

 (12)

1.35

 9 

1.45

 (6)

Interest rate risk
The	group’s	strategy	is	to	hedge	material	parts	of	the	interest-bearing	debt	
against	rising	interest	rates.	As	the	capital	intensity	varies	across	the	group’s	
business	segments,	which	have	their	own	policies	on	hedging	of	interest	rate	
risk,	hedge	ratios	vary.

Within	Holding	and	Investments	and	Maritime	Services	respectively,	no	
interest	rate	hedging	is	implemented	due	to	low	net	interest-bearing	debt	
(NIBD),		whereas	Supply	Services	have	hedged	about	50%	of	its	NIBD	as	
of 31 	December	2020.

USD mill

Maturity schedule interest rate hedges (nominal amounts)

Due	in	year	1

Due	in	year	2

Due	in	year	3

Due	in	year	4

Due	in	year	5	and	later	

Total interest rate hedges

2020

2019

 12 

 47 

 33 

 38 

 129 

 23 

 12 

 46 

 67 

 148 

The	Supply	Services	segment	has	entered	swaption	contracts	with	a	notional	
value	of	about	USD	16	million,	with	expiry	date	in	2022.	Depending	on	interest	
rate	levels	on	the	expiry	date,	exercising	the	swaptions	by	the	counterparties	
will	extend	the	maturity	of	expiring	swaps	until	2032.						

The	average	remaining	term	of	the	existing	total	debt	portfolio	is	approximately	
4	years.	The	hedges	have	an	average	remaining	term	of	approximately	5	years.

Interest rate sensitivity
The	group’s	interest	rate	risk	originates	from	differences	in	duration	between	
assets	and	liabilities.	On	the	asset	side,	bank	deposits	and	investments	in	

	interest-bearing	instruments	are	subject	to	risk	from	changes	in	the	general	
level	of	interest	rates,	primarily	in	USD.	

The	group	uses	the	weighted	average	duration	of	interest-bearing	liabiliti-
es,	and	financial	interest	rate	derivatives	to	compute	the	group’s	sensitivity	
towards	changes	in	interest	rates.	

Sensitivities	resulting	in	a	potential	accounting	effect	below	USD	5	million	on	
group	level	are	considered	non-material.	On	31	December	2020,	the	group	has	
no	material	exposure	subject	to	interest	rate	risk.	

73

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020  
   
    
   
  
Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 19 Financial	risk

USD mill

Interest rate derivatives

Maritime	Services

Supply	Services

Holding	and	Investments

Total interest rate derivatives

Currency derivatives

Maritime	Services

Supply	Services

Holding	and	Investments

Total currency derivatives

Total market value of financial derivatives

Book	value	equals	market	value

2020

2019

Assets 

Liabilities

Assets 

Liabilities

 9 

 9 

 9 

 6 

 6 

 10 

 10 

 16 

 1 

 1 

 1 

 15 

 4 

 20 

 20 

EQUITY MARKET RISK
The	group	holds	several	assets	listed	on	equity	markets	as	well	as	a	defined	
portfolio	of	financial	assets	for	a	proportion	of	the	group’s	short-term	liquidity.	

Below	table	summarises	the	equity	market	sensitivity	towards	the	market	value	
of	all	listed	equities	held:

Income statement sensitivities of equity market risk

USD mill

Change in equity prices

Change	in	market	value

Income statement effect

(Tax	rate	used	is	22%	that	equals	the	Norwegian	tax	rate)

 (20%)

 (107)

 (10%)

 (53)

0%

10%

 53 

20%

 107 

CREDIT RISK
Credit	risk	is	the	risk	of	financial	loss	to	the	group	if	a	customer	or		counterparty	
to	a	financial	derivative	fails	to	meet	its	contractual	obligations.	The	group’s	
credit	risk	originates	primarily	from	the	account	receivables,	financial	
	derivatives	used	to	hedge	interest	rate	risk	or	foreign	exchange	risk,	as	well	
as investments,	including	bank	deposits.

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables
The	group’s	exposure	to	credit	risk	on	its	receivables	varies	across	segments	
and	subsidiaries.	

Within	the	Maritime	Services	and	Supply	Services,	the	global	customer	
base	provides	diversification	with	respect	to	credit	risk	on	receivables.	The	
segments	monitor	and	manage	their	respective	credit	risk	on	a	regular	basis.	
Reference	is	made	to	note	13.

Given	the	negative	market	sentiment	in	several	shipping	and	offshore	
	segments,	some	customers	are	currently	facing	increased	financial	difficulties	
relative	to	previous	years,	implying	that	the	group’s	credit	risk	has	increased	
somewhat,	but	is	still	regarded	as	moderate.

Bank deposits and financial derivatives
The	group	maintains	cash	management	operations	and	trades	financial	
	derivatives	with	a	selection	of	financially	solid	banks	(as	determined	by	their	
official	credit	ratings),	limiting	the	corresponding	credit	risk.	

Other credit exposures
No	material	loans	or	receivables	were	past	due	or	impaired	at	31	December	
2020	(analogous	for	2019).

Guarantees
The	group’s	policy	is	that	no	financial	guarantees	are	provided	by	the	parent	
company.	However,	financial	guarantees	are	provided	within	Maritime	Services	
and	Supply	Services.	See	note	18	for	further	details.

Credit risk exposure 
The	carrying	amount	of	financial	assets	represents	the	maximum	credit	
exposure.	

The	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	at	the	reporting	date	was	as	per	
below 	table:

USD mill

Exposure to credit risk

Financial	derivatives

Account	receivables

Financial	investments

Other	non	current	assets

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	bank	deposits

Total exposure to credit risk

74

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Note

2020

2019

 12

 12

 16

 12

 12

 17

 20 

 178 

 48 

 28 

 77 

 269 

 618 

 1 

 233 

 44 

 25 

 82 

 153 

 537 

    
    
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
Cont. note 19 Financial	risk
LIQUIDITY RISK
The	group’s	approach	to	managing	liquidity	is	to	ensure	that	the	group	meets	
its	liabilities,	under	both	normal	and	stressed	conditions,	without	incurring	
unacceptable	losses	or	risking	damage	to	the	group’s	reputation.

The	group’s	liquidity	risk	is	low	in	that	it	holds	significant	liquid	assets	in	
addition	to	credit	facilities	with	the	banks.	

USD mill
Undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 2020

Mortgages

Finance	lease	liabilities

Bank	loan

Financial	derivatives

Interest	due

Total undiscounted cash flow financial liabilities

Current	liabilities	(excluding	next	year's	instalment	on	interest-bearing	debt)

Total gross undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 31.12.2020

Undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 2019

Mortgages

Finance	lease	liabilities

Bank	loan

Financial	derivatives

Interest	due

Total undiscounted cash flow financial liabilities

Current	liabilities	(excluding	next	year's	instalment	on	interest-bearing	debt)

Total gross undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 31.12.2019

At	31	December	2020,	the	group	had	in	excess	of	USD	473	million	(2019:	USD	
347	million)	in	cash,	investment	grade	bonds	and	listed	equities	(cash	and	cash	
equivalents,	current	financial	investments	and	investment	in	Qube	Holdings	
Limited),	in	addition	to	USD	263	million	(2019:	USD	299	million)	in	committed	
undrawn	credit	facilities.	

Less than  
1 year

Between 1 
and 2 years

Between 2 
and 5 years

Later than 
5 years

 38 

 31 

 9 

 23 

 102 

 468 

 570 

 42 

 27 

 23 

 16 

 27 

 134 

 439 

 573 

 19 

 15 

 199 

 20 

 254 

 254 

 25 

 25 

 25 

 75 

 75 

 11 

 51 

 50 

 112 

 112 

 48 

 23 

 198 

 62 

 332 

 332 

 196 

 95 

 291 

 291 

 157 

 106 

 3 

 266 

 266 

75

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020   
    
Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 19 Financial	risk
COVENANTS
The	group’s	bank	and	lease	financing	are	subject	to	financial	or	non-financial	
covenant	clauses	related	to	one	or	several	of	the	following:

•  Limitation	on	the	ability	to	pledge	assets
•  Change	of	control
•  Minimum	liquidity
•  NIBD	/	EBITDA	or	equivalent	Debt-Service	Coverage-Ratios
•  Loan-to-Value

As	of	the	balance	date,	the	group	is	not	in	breach	of	any	financial	or	
	non-financial	covenants.

CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT 
The	group’s	overall	policy	is	to	maintain	a	strong	capital	base	to	maintain	
	investor,	creditor	and	market	confidence	and	to	sustain	future	business	
development.	The	board	of	directors	monitors	various	return	metrics,	
	where 	Return	on	Equity	and	dividend	levels	are	predominant.

The	group	seeks	to	maintain	a	balance	between	the	potential	higher	returns	
stemming	from	higher	levels	of	financial	gearing	and	the	advantages	of	
a	strong	balance	sheet.	The	financial	strategy	and	setting	of	thresholds	
for		capital	structure,	return	requirements	and	risk	are	revised	by	the	board	
of 	directors.

FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION 
The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	traded	in	an	active	market	is	based	on	
quoted	market	prices	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	fair	value	of	financial	
instruments	not	traded	in	an	active	market	(over-the-counter	contracts)	is	
based	on	third	party	quotes.	These	quotes	use	observable	market	rates	for	
price	discovery.	Specific	valuation	techniques	used	by	financial	counterparties	
(banks)	to	value	financial	derivatives	include:

•	 Quoted	market	prices	or	dealer	quotes	for	similar	derivatives.

•	 The	fair	value	of	interest	rate	swaps	is	calculated	as	the	net	present	value	 
	 of	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	based	on	observable	yield	curves.

•	 The	fair	value	of	interest	rate	swap	option	(swaption)	contracts	is	determined	 
	 using	observable	volatility,	yield	curve	and	time-to-maturity	parameters	at	 
	 the	balance	sheet	date,	resulting	in	a	swaption	premium.	Options	are	typically	 
	 valued	by	applying	the	Black-Scholes	model.

•	 The	fair	value	of	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	is	determined	using	 
	 forward	exchange	rates	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	with	the	resulting	value	 
	 discounted	back	to	net	present	value.

•	 The	fair	value	of	foreign	exchange	option	contracts	is	determined	using	 
	 observable	forward	exchange	rates,	volatility,	yield	curves	and	 
	 time-to-maturity	parameters	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	resulting	in	an	option	 
	 premium.	Options	are	typically	valued	by	applying	the	Black-Scholes	model.

The	carrying	value	less	impairment	of	receivables	and	payables	are	assumed	
to	approximate	their	fair	values.	The	group	estimates	the	fair	value	of	financial	
liabilities	for	disclosure	purposes	by	discounting	the	future	contractual	cash	
flows	at	current	market	interest	rates	available	to	the	group	for	similar	financial	
derivatives.			

USD mill

Interest-bearing debt

Mortgages

Lease	liabilities

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt 31.12.2020

Mortgages

Finance	lease	liabilities

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt 31.12.2019

Note

Fair value

Book value

 265 

 192 

 201 

 658 

 273 

 181 

 224 

 677 

 265 

 192 

 199 

 657 

 273 

 181 

 221 

 675 

 18

 18

76

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 
Cont. note 19 Financial	risk

The	fair	values	are	based	on	cash	flows	discounted	using	a	rate	based	on		market	rates	including	margins	and	are	within	level	2	of	the	fair	value	hierarchy.

USD mill

Financial assets at fair value

Equities

Bonds

Financial	derivatives

Financial	assets	to	fair	value

Total financial assets 31.12.2020

Financial liabilities at fair value

Financial	derivatives

Total financial liabilities 31.12.2020

Financial assets at fair value

Equities

Bonds

Financial	assets	to	fair	value

Total financial assets 31.12.2019

Financial liabilities at fair value

Financial	derivatives

Total financial liabilities 31.12.2019

USD mill

Changes in level 3 instruments

Opening	balance	01.01

Acquisition	

Transfer	to	level	3

Gains	and	losses	recognised	through	income	statement

Closing	balance	31.12

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

72

48

778

898

 58 

 44 

 655 

 757 

 (1)

 0 

18

18

 20 

 20 

20

5

25

 (9)

 (9)

1 

 1 

 (16)

 (16)

72

48

20

801

940

 (9)

 (9)

 58 

 44 

 675 

 778 

 (16)

 (16)

2020

2019

 20 

 (2)

 18 

 38 

 6 

 1 

 (25)

 20 

The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	traded	in	active	markets	is	based	on	
quoted	market	prices	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	A	market	is	regarded	as	active	
if	quoted	prices	are	readily	and	regularly	available	from	an	exchange,	dealer,	
broker,	industry	group,	pricing	service,	or	regulatory	agency,	and	those	prices	
represent	actual	and	regularly	occurring	market	transactions	on	an	arm’s	
length	basis.	

The	quoted	market	price	used	for	financial	assets	held	by	the	group	is	the	
current	close	price.	These	instruments	are	included	in	level	1.	Instruments	
included	in	level	1	at	the	end	of	2020	are	liquid	investment	grade	bonds	and	
listed	equities	(analogous	for	2019).

The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	not	traded	in	an	active	market	(over-
the-counter	contracts)	are	based	on	third	party	quotes	(Mark-to-Market).	
These	quotes	use	observable	market	rates	for	price	discovery.	The	different	
techniques	typically	applied	by	financial	counterparties	(banks)	were	described	
above.	These	instruments	-	FX	and	IR	derivatives	-	are	included	in	level	2.	

If	one	or	more	of	the	significant	inputs	is	not	based	on	observable	market	data,	
the	derivatives	is	in	level	3.

77

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020   
 
Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 19 Financial	risk

Financial instruments by category

USD mill
Assets

Other	non	current	assets

Financial	asset	to	fair	value

Current	financial	investments

Current	financial	derivatives

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalent

Assets at 31.12.2020

Liabilities
Non	current	interest-bearing	debt

Current	interest	bearing	liabilities

Current	financial	derivatives

Other	non	current	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Liabilities 31.12.2020

Assets

Other	non	current	assets

Financial	asset	to	fair	value
Current	financial	investments

Current	financial	derivatives

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalent

Assets at 31.12.2019

Liabilities

Non	current	interest-bearing	debt

Current	interest	bearing	liabilities

Current	financial	derivatives
Other	non	current	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Liabilities 31.12.2019

Financial 
assets at 
amortised cost

Fair value 
through 
the income 
statement

Other

Total

 26 

 2 

 801 

 124 

 15 

 28 

 801 

 124 

 15 

 260 

 269 

 942 

 26 

 1 496 

 260 

 269 

 528 

Liabilities 
at fair 
value through
the income 
statement

Other financial 
liabilities at  
amortised cost

587

70 

 468 

 1 125 

 9 

 23 

 32 

Total

587

 70 

 9 

 23 

 468 

 1 158 

Financial 
assets at 
amortised cost

Fair value 
through 
the income 
statement

Other

Total

 7 

 675 
 101 

1

 785 

 17 

1

 18 

315

 153 

 468 

Liabilities at fair 
value through 
the income
 statement

Other financial 
liabilities at  
amortised cost

 583 

 92 

 439 

 1 114 

 16 
 25 

 41 

 25 

 675 
 102 

 1

316

 153 

 1 272 

Total

 583 

 92 

 16 
 25 

 439 

 1 155 

Note

12

14

16

12

12

17

Note

18

18

12

12

12

Note

12

14
16

12

12

17

Note

18

18

12
12

12

78

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

    
    
 
 
 
Note 20 COVID-19	compensation	

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
The	group	applies	IAS	20	Accounting	for	Government	Grants	and	Disclosure	of 
Government	Assistance	for	government	grant	related	to	income	compensation	
or	expense	compensation.	A	government	grant	is	recognised	only	when	there	
is	reasonable	assurance	that	(a)	the	group	will	comply	with	any	conditions	
attached	to	the	grant	and	(b)	the	grant	will	be	received.	A	government	grant	is	
recognised	in	the	income	statement	over	the	period	necessary	to	match	them	

with	the	related	income	compensation	or	expense	compensation,	for	which	
they	are	intended	to	compensate,	on	a	systematic	basis.	A	grant	receivable	as	
compensation	for	costs	or	compensation	already	incurred	or	for	immediate	
financial	support,	with	no	future	related	costs,	is	recognised	in	the	income	
statement	in	the	period	in	which	it	is	receivable.	A	grant	relating	to	income	
compensation	is	reported	separately	as	other	income,	while	grants	related	to	
expense	compensation	is	deducted	from	the	related	expense.

The	COVID-19	pandemic	will	continue	to	affect	economic	conditions	and
the	demand	for	Maritime	and	Supply	services	regionally	as	well	as	globally
and	otherwise	impact	the	group’s	operations	and	operations	og	the	group’s 	
customer,	suppliers	and	other	stakeholders.	Governments	in	affected
countries	are	imposing	travel	bans,	quarantines	and	other	emergency 	
publichealth	measures.	Those	measures,	through	temporary	in	nature, 	
may	continue	and	increase	depending	on	developements	in	the	pandemic. 	

As	a	result	of	these	measures,	the	group	operations	located	in	regions 	
affected	by	the	pandemic	may	be	negatively	affected.

The	ultimate	severity	of	the	pandemic	is	still	uncertain	and	therefore	we 	
cannot	predict	the	impact	it	may	have	on	the	group’s	future	operations	and 	
the	health	of	our	employees,	which	could	be	material	and	adverse. 	

During	the	COVID-19	pandemic,	the	governments	of	several	of	the	countries 	
where	the	group	operates	have	established	schemes	to	compensate	local 	
businesses	because	of	lockdowns,	decline	in	turnover,	lay-offs,	and	loss	of 	
business.	During	2020,	the	group	have	been	granted	compensation	both	as 	
cash	transfers	and	reduced	costs	(non-cash	transactions).

COVID-19 COMPENSATION

USD million 

Government	grants	with	cash	effects

Government	grants	in	non-cash	transactions

Total COVID-19 compensation

The	compensation	is	allocated	as	following:	

2020

 6 

 1 

 7 

Grants with direct cash effect
Grants	as	reduced	personell	expense	mainly	relate	to	grants	from	the	
	government	of	Malaysia	(USD	5.1	million),	grants	as	income	following	turnover	
decline	mainly	relates	to	grants	from	the	governments	of	Singapore	(USD	
170	thousand),	Republic	of	Korea	(USD	117	thousand),	and	Norway	(USD	117	
thousand),	while	grants	as	reduced	operating	expenses	relates	to	grant	from	
the	government	of	France	(USD	21	thousand).

Non-cash grants
Grants	in	form	of	reduction	in	social	security	taxes	relates	mainly	to	reduced	
rates	by	the	governments	of	Norway	(USD	571	thousand),	China	(USD	243	
thousand),	and	Turkey	(USD	132	thousand).	Grant	in	form	of	reduced	rental	
expenses	mainly	relates	the	governments	of	Hong	Kong,	Singapore,	and	Saudi	
Arabia	(USD	120	thousand).

Government	Grant	as	income	follow	as	turnover	decline
Government	Grant	as	reduced	personnel	expenses
Government	Grant	as	reduced	operating	expenses
Social	tax	saving
Rent	free	period

COVID-19 
Compensation

2%

6%

14%

78%

COVID-19 Compensation
Government Grant as income follow as turnover failure: 6
Government Grant as reduced personnel expenses: 78
Government Grant as reduced operating expenses: 0
Social tax saving: 14
Rent free period: 2

79

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Accounts and notes

Note 21 Related	party	transaction

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Related	parties	are	defined	as	entities	outside	of	the	group	that	are	under	
control	directly	or	indirectly,	joint	control	or	significant	influence	by	the	owners	
of	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA.	All	transactions	with	related	parties	are	
entered	into	on	marked	terms	based	on	arm’s	length	principles.	Transactions	
with	related	parties	include	shared	services	and	other	services	provided	by	
the	group.	Shared	Services	are	priced	in	accordance	with	the	principles	set	
out	in	the	OECD	Transfer	Pricing	Guidelines	and	are	delivered	according	to	

agreements	that	are	renewed	annually.	The	services	are:

•  Ship	management	including	crewing,	technical	and	management	service
•  Agency	services
•  Freight	and	liner	services
•  Marine	products
•  Shared	services

The	ultimate	owner	of	the	group	is	Tallyman	AS,	which	holds	about	60%	of	the	
voting	stock	of	the	group.	Tallyman	AS	is	controlled	by	Thomas	Wilhelmsen.

See	note	6	regarding	fees	to	board	of	directors,	and	note	2	and	note	10	in	the	
parent	company	regarding	ownership.

Remuneration	to	Thomas	Wilhelmsen	for	2020	see	note	2	for	the	
parent company.

Generally,	Shared	Services	are	priced	using	a	cost	plus	5%	margin	calculation,	
in accordance	with	the	principles	set	out	in	the	OECD	Transfer	Pricing	Guidelines	
and	are	delivered	according	to	agreements	that	are	renewed	annually.

Material related parties in the group are:

Business office, country

Ownership

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA

Coast	Center	Base	AS/	KS

Lysaker,	Norway

Fjell,	Norway	

37.80%

50.00%

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA	,	through	its	operating	companies,	is	the	market	
leader	in	the	finished	vechicle	logistics	segment,	offering	ocean	transportation	
and	landbased	vechicle	logistics	solutions.	

Coast	Center	Base	AS	and	Coast	Center	Base	KS	in	the	Supply	Services	
segment	delivers	IT	project,	administration	and	handling	services	and	the	
transactions	are	based	on	market	terms.	

USD mill

2020

2019

OPERATING REVENUE FROM RELATED PARTY

Sale of goods and services to joint ventures and associates:

WAWI	group

Maritime	Services	

Supply	Services	

Operating revenue from related party

OPERATING EXPENSES FROM RELATED PARTY

Purchase of goods and services from joint ventures and associates:

Supply	Services	

Operating expenses to related party

ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES FROM RELATED PARTY

Maritime	Services	

Account receivables from related party

ACCOUNT PAYABLES TO RELATED PARTY

Maritime	Services	

Supply	Services

Account payables to related party

NON CURRENT ASSETS TO RELATED PARTY

Maritime	Services	

Holding	&	Investment

Non current assets to related party

80

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 20 

 3 

 2 

 25 

 9 

 9 

 4 

 4 

 4 

 4 

 10 

 1 

 11 

 18 

 7 

 1 

 26 

 2 

 2 

 2 

 2 

 6 

 1 

 7 

 14 

 14 

Note 22 Subsidiaries	with	material	non-controlling	interests

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
Non-controlling	interest:
The	group	treats	transactions	with	non-controlling	interests	as	transactions	
with	equity	owners	of	the	group.

For	purchases	from	non-controlling	interests,	the	difference	between	any	con-

sideration	paid	and	relevant	share	acquired	of	the	carrying	value	of	net	assets	
of	the	subsidiary	is	recorded	as	equity	transactions.	

Gains	or	losses	on	disposals	to	non-controlling	interests	are	also	recorded	as	
equity	transactions.

NorSea	Group	AS

Treasure	ASA*	

Business office/country

Voting/control share

2020

Tananger,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

75.15%

73.46%

Set	out	below	is	the	summarised	financial	information	for	the	subsidiary	that	has	non-controlling	interests	(NCI)	material	to	the	group.	The	amounts	disclosed	are	
100%	and	before	inter-company	eliminations.

*At	31	December	2020	Treasure	ASA	had	3.965.000	own	shares	(31	December	2019:	465.000	own	shares).

USD mill

Summarised balance sheet

Non	current	assets

Current	assets

Total assets

Non	current	liabilities

Current	liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Summarised income statement/OCI

Total	income

Profit	for	the	year

Other	comprehensive	income

Total comprehensive income

Profit	allocated	to	NCIs

Dividends	paid	to	NCIs

Summarised cash flows

Net	cash	flow	provided	by/(used	in)	operating	activities

Net	cash	flow	provided	by/(used	in)	investing	activities

Net	cash	flow	provided	by/(used	in)	financing	activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

USD mill

Total allocation to NCIs

Profit/(loss)	for	the	period	to	material	NCIs

Profit/(loss)	for	the	period	to	other	immaterial	NCIs

Profit for the period to NCIs

NorSea Group AS

Treasure ASA

2020

2019

2020

2019

 657 

 380 

 1 037 

 370 

 448 

 818 

 220 

 263 

 13 

 (3)

 10 

 4 

 1 

 32 

 (22)

 (3)

 8 

 618 

 69 

 686 

 362 

 120 

 482 

 205 

 246 

 4 

 1 

 6 

 4 

 1 

 21 

 15 

 (45)

 (9)

 699 

 64 

 763 

 0 

 763 

 14 

 214 

 213 

 57 

 2 

 75 

 (1)

 (13)

 61 

 560 

 4 

 563 

 0 

 563 

 14 

 48 

 48 

 13 

 2 

 11 

 (9)

 1 

2020

2019

 61 

 61 

 17 

 (1)

 16 

81

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020    
 
 
 
Group

Accounts and notes

Note 23 Contingencies

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCPLES
The	group	and	the	parent	company	make	provisions	for	legal	claims	when	
a	legal	or	constructive	obligation	exists	as	a	result	of	past	events,	it	is	more	
	likely than	not	that	an	outflow	of	resources	will	be	required	to	settle	the	
	obligation,	and	the	amount	can	be	estimated	with	a	sufficient	degree	of	
	reliability.		Provisions	are	not	made	for	future	operating	losses.

Coast	Center	Base	AS	(CCB),	50%	owned	by	NorSea	Group,	lost	a	floating	
dock	26	November	2018.	The	dock	is	considered	lost	and	the	fair	value	was	
nil	by	31	December	2020.	CCB	has	made	an	accrual	to	cover	costs	related	
to	a	salvage	operation.	Local	authorities	have	issued	their	conclusion,	
implicating	lower	accruals.	However,	as	the	matter	has	been	appealed	by	
other	authorities,	the	company	has	decided	to	keep	the	accrual	until	a	final	
decision	has	been	made.	

The	size	and	global	activities	of	the	group	dictate	that	companies	in	the	group	
will	be	involved	from	time	to	time	in	disputes	and	legal	actions.

The	group	is	not	aware	of	any	financial	risk	associated	with	disputes	and	
legal	actions	which	are	not	largely	covered	through	insurance	arrangements.	
Nevertheless,	any	such	disputes/actions	which	might	exist	are	of	such	a	nature	
that	they	will	not	significantly	affect	the	group’s	financial	position.

Note 24 Alternative	performance	measures
Alternative performance measures
This	section	describes	non-GAAP	financial	alternative	performance	
measures	(APM)	that	may	be	used	in	the	quarterly	and	annual	reports	and	
	related 	presentations.

EBITDA margin	is	defined	as	EBITDA	as	a	per	cent	of	of	Total	income.

EBITDA margin adjusted	is	defined	as	EBITDA	adjusted	as	a	per	cent	of	Total	
income,	with	Total	income	also	adjusted	for	the	same	income	elements	as	
those	which	have	been	adjusted	for	in	EBITDA	adjusted.			

”The	following	measures	are	not	defined	nor	specified	in	the	applicable	
	financial	reporting	framework	of	IFRS.	They	may	be	considered	as	non-GAAP	
financial	measures	that	may	include	or	exclude	amounts	that	are	calculated	
and	presented	according	to	the	IFRS.	These	APMs	are	intended	to		enhance	
comparability	of	the	results,	balance	sheet	and	cash	flows	from	period	to	
	period	and	it	is	the	group’s	experience	that	these	are	frequently	used	by	
investors,	analysts	and	other	parties.	Internally,	these	APMs	are	used	by	the	
management	to	measure	performance	on	a	regular	basis.	The	APMs	should	
not	be	considered	as	a	substitute	for	measures	of	performance	in	accordance	
with	IFRS.”

EBITDA	is	defined	as	Total	income	(Operating	revenue	and	gain/(loss)	on	sale	
of	assets)	adjusted	for	Operating	expenses.	EBITDA	is	used	as	an	additional	
measure	of	operational	profitability,	excluding	the	impact	from	financial	items,	
taxes,	depreciation	and	amortization.

EBITDA adjusted	is	defined	as	EBITDA	excluding	certain	income	and/or	
cost	items	which	are	not	regarded	as	part	of	the	underlying	operational	
performance	for	the	period.	The	group	do	not	report	EBITDA	adjusted	
on	a	regular	basis,	but	may	use	it	on	a	case	by	case	basis	to	better	explain	
operational	performance.

EBIT	is	defined	as	Total	income	(Operating	revenue	and	gain/(loss)	on	sale	
of	assets)	less	Operating	expenses,	Other	gain/loss	and	depreciation	and	
amortization.	EBIT	is	used	as	a	measure	of	operational	profitability	excluding	
the	effects	of	how	the	operations	were	financed,	taxed	and	excluding	foreign	
exchange	gains	&	losses.

EBIT adjusted,	EBIT margin	and	EBIT margin adjusted	will,	if	used,	be	
prepared	in	the	same	manner	as	described	under	EBITDA.

Net interest-bearing debt (NIBD)	is	defined	as	total	interest	bearing	debt	
(Non-current	interest-bearing	debt	and	Current	interest-bearing	debt)	less	
Cash	and	cash	equivalenets	and	Current	financial	investments.

Equity ratio	is	defined	as	Total	equity	as	a	percent	of	Total	assets.

82

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Note 25 General	accounting	principles
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
This	note	provides	a	list	of	the	significant	accounting	policies	adopted	in	the	
preparation	of	these	consolidated	financial	statements	to	the	extent	they	
are	not	disclosed	separately	in	the	other	notes	in	the	consolidated	financial	
statements	or	in	the	notes	of	the	financial	statements	of	the	parent	company.	
Accounting	policies	have	been	consistently	applied	to	all	the	years	presented,	
unless	otherwise	stated.

Historical cost convention
The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	on	a	historical	cost	basis,	except	
for	the	following:

•  certain	financial	assets	and	liabilities	(including	derivative	instruments),
•  defined	benefit	pension	plans	–	plan	assets	measured	at	fair	value.

New and amended standards adopted by the group
The	following	are	new	or	amended	to	standards	and	interpretations	have	been	
issued	and	become	effective	during	the	current	period:

The	group	has	applied	the	following	standards	and	amendments	for	the	first	
time	for	their	annual	reporting	period	commencing	1	January	2020:

Definition	of	material	-	amendments	to	IFRS	1	and	IAS	8	

Interest	rate	benchmark	reform	–	amendments	to	IFRS	9	and	IFRS	7	

The	amendments	listed	above	did	not	have	any	impact	on	the	amounts	
	recognised	in	prior	periods	and	are	not	expected	to	significantly	affect	the	
current	or	future	periods.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Amendment	to	IAS	1	Classification	of	Liabilities	as	Current	or		Non-current	
applicable	for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2022.	
The 	amendment	changes	the	guidance	for	the	classification	of	liabilities	as	
current	or	non-current	depending	on	the	rights	that	exist	at	the	end	of	the	
reporting	period.	

Certain	new	accounting	standards	and	interpretations	have	been	published	
that	are	not	mandatory	for	31	December	2020	reporting	periods	and	have	not	
been	early	adopted	by	the	group.	These	standards	are	not	expected	to	have	
a material	impact	on	the	group	in	the	current	or	future	reporting	periods.

Functional and presentation currency
Items	included	in	the	financial	statements	of	each	of	the	group’s	entities	are	
measured	using	the	currency	of	the	primary	economic	environment	in	which	
the	entity	operates	(‘the	functional	currency’).	The	exceptions	are	investment	
activities	in	Malta	where	AUD	is	the	functional	currency,	and	Wilhelmsen	
Maritime	Services	AS	where	USD	is	the	functional	currency.	The		consolidated	
financial	statements	are	presented	in	US	dollar	(USD),	rounded	off	to	the	nea-
rest		whole million,	unless	otherwise	stated.

The	presentation	currency	of	the	separate	statements	of	the	parent	is	NOK	
which	is	also	its	functional	currency.	The	accounts	are	rounded	off	to	the	
nearest	whole	thousand.

The	income	statements	and	balance	sheets	for	group	companies	with	a	
	functional	currency	which	differs	from	the	presentation	currency	(USD)	are	
translated	as	follows:

•  the	balance	sheet	is	translated	at	the	closing	exchange	rate	on	the	balance	

Translations and balances
Foreign	currency	transactions	are	translated	into	the	functional	currency	using	
the	exchange	rates	at	the	dates	of	the	transactions.	Foreign	exchange	gains	
and	losses	resulting	from	the	settlement	of	such	transactions,	and	from	the	
translation	of	monetary	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	
at	year	end	exchange	rates,	are	generally	recognised	in	income	statement.	
They	are	deferred	in	equity	if	they	relate	to	qualifying	cash	flow	hedges	
and		qualifying	net	investment	hedges	or	are	attributable	to	part	of	the	net	
	investment	in	a	foreign	operation.	

Foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	are	presented	on	a	net	basis	in	the	income	
statement,	within	financial	items.	

Non-monetary	items	that	are	measured	at	fair	value	in	a	foreign	currency	are	
translated	using	the	exchange	rates	at	the	date	when	the	fair	value	was	deter-
mined.	Translation	differences	on	assets	and	liabilities	carried	at	fair	value	are	
reported	as	part	of	the	fair	value	gain	or	loss.	

For	example,	translation	differences	on	non-monetary	assets	and	liabilities	
such	as	equities	held	at	fair	value	through	income	statement	are	recognised	in	
income	statement	as	part	of	the	fair	value	gain	or	loss,	and	translation	differen-
ces	on	non-monetary	assets	such	as	equities	classified	as	at	fair	value	through	
other	comprehensive	income	are	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income.

Group companies
The	results	and	financial	position	of	foreign	operations	(none	of	which	has	
the	currency	of	a	hyperinflationary	economy)	that	have	a	functional	currency	
different	from	the	presentation	currency	are	translated	into	the	presentation	
currency	as	follows:

•  assets	and	liabilities	for	each	balance	sheet	presented	are	translated	at	the	

closing	rate	at	the	date	of	that	balance	sheet	

•  	income	and	expenses	for	each	statement	of	profit	or	loss	and	statement	

of	comprehensive	income	are	translated	at	average	exchange	rates	(unless	
this	is	not	a	reasonable	approximation	of	the	cumulative	effect	of	the	rates	
prevailing	on	the	transaction	dates,	in	which	case	income	and	expenses	are	
translated	at	the	dates	of	the	transactions),	and	

•  all	resulting	exchange	differences	are	recognised	in	other	

	comprehensive income.	

On	consolidation,	exchange	differences	arising	from	the	translation	of	any	net	
investment	in	foreign	entities,	and	of	borrowings	and	other	financial	instru-
ments	designated	as	hedges	of	such	investments,	are	recognised	in	other	
comprehensive	income.	When	a	foreign	operation	is	sold	or	any	borrowings	
forming	part	of	the	net	investment	are	repaid,	the	associated	exchange	
	differences	are	reclassified	to	profit	or	loss,	as	part	of	the	gain	or	loss	on	sale.	

Goodwill	and	fair	value	adjustments	arising	on	the	acquisition	of	a	foreign	
operation	are	treated	as	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	foreign	operation	and	
translated	at	the	closing	rate

Business combination
The	acquisition	method	of	accounting	is	used	to	account	for	all	business	
combinations,	regardless	of	whether	equity	instruments	or	other	assets	are	
acquired.	The	consideration	transferred	for	the	acquisition	comprises	the:

•  fair	value	of	the	asset	transferred
•  liabilities	incurred	to	the	former	owners	of	the	acquired	business
•  equity	interests	issued	by	the	group
•  fair	value	of	any	assets	or	liability	resulting	from	a	contingent	consideration	

sheet	date

arrangement,	and

•  income	and	expense	items	are	translated	at	a	rate	that	is	representative	as	

•  fair	value	of	any	pre-existing	equity	interest	in	the	subsidiary.

an	average	exchange	rate	for	the	period,	unless	the	exchange	rates	fluctuate	
significantly	for	that	period,	in	which	case	the	exchange	rates	at	the	dates	of	
the	transactions	are	used

•  the	translation	difference	is	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income	and	

split	between	controlling	and	non-controlling	interests	

Goodwill	and	fair	value	adjustments	of	assets	and	liabilities	related	to	
	acquisition	of	entities	which	have	a	functional	currency	other	than	USD	are	
attributed	to	the	acquired	entity’s	functional	currency	and	translated	at	the	
exchange	rate	prevailing	on	the	balance	sheet	date.

Identifiable	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	and	contingent	liabilities	assumed	in	
a	business	combination	are,	with	limited	exceptions,	measured	initially	at	their	
fair	values	at	the	acquisition	date.	The	group	recognises	any	non-controlling	
interest	in	the	acquired	entity	on	an	acquisition-by-acquisition	basis	either	at	
fair	value	or	at	non-controlling	interest’s	proportionate	share	of	the	acquired	
entity’s	net	identifiable	assets.

Acquisition-related	costs	are	expensed	as	incurred.

83

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 25 General	accounting	principles
Goodwill	is	recognised	as	the	excess	of:

•  consideration	transferred,
•  amount	of	any	non-controlling	interest	in	the	acquired	entity,	and
•  acquisition-date	fair	value	of	any	previous	equity	interests	in	the	acquired	
	entity	over	the	fair	value	of	the	net	identifiable	assets	acquired.	If	those	
	amounts	are	less	than	the	fair	value	of	the	net	identifiable	assets	of	the	
	business	acquired,	the	difference	is	recognised	directly	in	the	income	
	statement	as	a bargain	purchase.

Contingent	consideration	is	classified	either	as	equity	or	a	financial	liability.	
Amounts	classified	as	a	financial	liability	are	subsequently	remeasured	to	fair	
value	with	changes	in	fair	value	recognised	in	the	income	statement.

If	the	business	combination	is	achieved	in	stages,	the	acquisition	date	
carrying	value	of	the	acquirer’s	previously	held	equity	interest	in	the	acquire	is	
	remeasured	to	fair	value	at	the	acquisition	date.	Any	gain	or	losses	arising	from	
such	remeasurement	are	recognised	in	income	statement.

Note 26 Events	after	the	balance	sheet	date
The	group	acquired	66%	of	the	shares	in	Olavsvern	Group	AS.	The	date	of	
control	was	12	February	2021.

No	material	events	occurred	between	the	balance	sheet	date	and	the	date	
when	the	accounts	were	presented	which	provide	new	information	about	
conditions	prevailing	on	the	balance	sheet	date.

The	group	declared	the	option	to	acquire	an	additional	25%	in	Edda	Wind	AS	on	
8	March	2021.	Following	the	acquisition	the	group	holds	50%	in	Edda Wind AS.

84

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Safer mooring

The challenge: Vessel mooring remains one of the most challenging and 
dangerous tasks crew and port workers can undertake. In addition, mooring line 
maintenance and management is difficult and time consuming.

The solution: Wilhelmsen has taken a holistic view on safer mooring, creating 
innovative products and services such as the Timm snap back arresting rope, 
the Smart Ropes digital mooring system and the digital line management app.  

4

Accounts and 
notes – parent 
company

Parent company

Accounts and notes

Income statement Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

NOK thousand

Operating income

Operating expenses

Employee	benefits

Operating	expenses

Depreciation

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Financial income/(expenses)

Net	financial	income

Net	financial	expenses

Financial income/(expenses)

Profit before tax

Tax	income/(expense)	

Profit for the year

Transfers and allocations

To/(from)	equity

Proposed	dividend

Interim	dividend	paid

Total transfers and allocations

Note

2020

2019

1

2

1

3

1

1

5

10

10

10

 27 581 

 21 957 

 (75 425)

 (44 528)

 (6 376)

 (84 060)

 (39 938)

 (6 052)

 (126 329)

 (130 049)

 (98 748)

 (108 093)

 323 778 

 (13 661)

 310 118 

 640 036 

 (85 596)

 554 441 

 211 369 

 446 348 

 (23 212)

 188 157 

 26 919 

 473 268 

 (34 743)

 222 900 

 188 157 

 272 658 

 89 160 

 111 450 

 473 268 

Comprehensive income Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

NOK thousand

Profit	for	the	year

Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement

Remeasurement	postemployment	benefits,	net	of	tax

Total comprehensive income

Note

2020

2019

 188 157 

 473 268 

10/11

 (14 336)

 173 821 

 (5 977)

 467 290 

Notes 1 to 16 on the next pages are an integral part of these financial statements.

90

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

  
  
Balance sheet Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

NOK thousand

ASSETS

Non current assets

Deferred	tax	asset

Intangible	assets

Tangible	assets

Property	lease	assets	

Investments	in	subsidiaries	and	associates

Sub	lease	receivable	

Total non current assets

Current assets

Current	financial	investments

Trade	and	other	receivables

Sub	lease	receivable	

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Equity

Paid-in	capital

Own	shares

Retained	earnings

Total equity

Non current liabilities

Pension	liabilities

Property	lease	liabilities	

Other	non	current	liabilities

Total non current liabilities

Current liabilities

Public	duties	payable

Trade	and	other	payables	

Current	portion	of	property	lease	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Total current liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

5

3

3

4

6

 49 643 

 1 354 

 9 702 

 16 802 

 68 198 

 3 884 

 10 549 

 20 871 

 4 859 064 

 4 859 064 

4/14

 114 031 

 166 833 

 5 050 596 

 5 129 397 

8/9

7

4/14

7/9/14

9

10

10

10

11

4

7

7

4

7/12/14

 1 055 001 

 896 979 

 4 689 

 35 037 

 59 152 

 108 481 

 7 984 

 33 650 

 234 805 

 205 737 

 1 262 359 

 1 379 155 

 6 312 955 

 6 508 552 

 928 076 

 (36 476)

 928 076 

 (36 476)

 4 855 251 

 4 904 330 

 5 746 851 

 5 795 930 

 66 413 

 128 216 

 890 

 195 519 

 4 829 

 5 267 

 39 033 

 321 455 

 370 584 

 50 038 

 184 901 

 1 548 

 236 487 

 5 309 

 4 852 

 37 292 

 428 682 

 476 135 

 6 312 955 

 6 508 552 

Lysaker,	24	March	2021
The	board	of	directors	of	Wilh.Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	

Diderik	Schnitler	(sign)
chair

Trond	Westlie	(sign)

Carl	E	Steen	(sign)

Thomas	Wilhelmsen	(sign)
group	CEO

Rebekka	Glasser	Herlofsen	(sign)				

Ulrika	Laurin	(sign)

Notes 1 to 16 on the next pages are an integral part of these financial statements.

91

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Parent company

Accounts and notes

Cash flow statement Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

NOK thousand

Note

2020

2019

Cash flow from operating activities

Profit	before	tax

Financial	(income)/expenses

Depreciation

Gain	on	sale	of	fixed	asset

Change	in	net	pension	liability

Change	in	working	capital

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Investments	in	fixed	assets	

Investments	in	subsidaries

Loan	repayments	received	from	subsidiaries

Repayment	of	financial	sub	lease	

Loans	(to)/from	subsidiaries,	cash	pool

Proceeds	from	sale	of	financial	investments

Current	financial	investments

Dividend/	group	contribution	from	group	companies

Dividend	received	from	financial	assets

Paid	witholding	tax	dividend	portfolio	management

Interest	received	included	interests	of	sublease	receivable

Net cash flow from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Repayment	of	debt

Repayment	of	lease	liability

Interest	paid	included	interest	on	lease	liability

Purchase	of	own	shares

Dividend	to	shareholders

Net cash flow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents,	at	the	beginning	of	the	period

Cash and cash equivalents at 31.12

3/4

3

3

6

7/14

4

9

1

4

10

10

 211 369 

 (310 118)

 6 376 

 (789)

 (2 005)

 (12 737)

 (107 904)

 (204)

 33 649 

 (71 765)

 480 751 

 (475 665)

 364 178 

 11 121 

 (614)

 7 525 

 446 348 

 (554 441)

 6 052 

 1 519 

 (6 898)

 (107 420)

 (2 421)

 (13 060)

 78 760 

 30 802 

 98 729 

 198 574 

 (263 774)

 619 094 

 16 535 

 (2 651)

 12 594 

 348 977 

 773 183 

 (200 000)

 (37 314)

 (11 855)

 (89 160)

 (338 330)

 (97 256)

 205 737 

 108 481 

 (34 136)

 (15 544)

 (264 075)

 (227 460)

 (541 215)

 124 547 

 81 190 

 205 737 

The	company	has	several	bank	accounts	in	different	currencies.	Unrealised	currency	effects	are	included	in	net	cash	provided	by	operating	activities.

Notes 1 to 16 on the next pages are an integral part of these financial statements.

92

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 
 
Note 1 Combined	items,	income	statement

NOK thousand

OPERATING INCOME

Other	income

Income	from	group	companies

Gain	on	sale	of	assets

Total operating income

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

Expenses	to	group	companies

Communication	and	IT	expenses

External	services

Travel	and	meeting	expenses

Marketing	expenses

Other	administration	expenses

Total other operating expenses

FINANCIAL INCOME/(EXPENSES)

Financial income

Investment	management

Interest	income

Interest	income	financial	sublease	

Dividend/group	contribution	from	associates	and	subsidiaries

Other	financial	income	

Net	currency	gain

Net financial income

Financial expenses

Interest	expenses

Interest	expenses	financial	lease

Impairment	investment	in	subsidiaries	

Other	financial	items

Net	currency	(loss)

Net financial expenses

Net financial income

Note

2020

2019

14

14

2

8

14

14

 244 

 26 548 

 789 

 27 581 

 (13 648)

 (6 157)

 (11 266)

 (1 006)

 (1 763)

 (10 689)

 (44 528)

 346 

 21 611 

 21 957 

 (13 457)

 (5 915)

 (8 380)

 (2 491)

 (2 917)

 (6 778)

 (39 938)

 107 886 

 108 092 

 520 

 7 200 

 3 410 

 9 440 

 164 178 

 519 094 

 1 046 

 42 948 

 323 778 

 640 036 

 (3 784)

(8 071)

(1 805)

(13 661)

(5 920)

(11 485)

 (60 000)

(1 996)

 (7 217)

(86 618)

 310 118 

 554 441 

93

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020    
     
Parent company

Accounts and notes

Note 2 Employee	benefits

NOK thousand

Pay

Payroll	tax

Pension	cost	

Other	remuneration

Total employee benefits

Average	number	of	employees

REMUNERATION OF SENIOR EXECUTIVES

NOK thousand
2020

Group	CEO

Group	CFO

2019

Group	CEO

Group	CFO

*Mainly	related	to	gross	up	pension	expenses	and	company	car.

2020

2019

 52 668 

 9 033 

 7 632 

 6 091 

 75 425 

 58 501 

 9 552 

 11 720 

 4 287 

 84 060 

 31 

 34 

Pay

Bonus

Pension 
 premium

*Other 
 remuneration

 5 076 

 3 589 

 5 003 

 3 529 

 1 423 

 881 

 1 683 

 449 

 2 032 

 431 

 1 558 

 451 

 1 903 

 444 

Total

 9 740 

 5 370 

 8 939 

 4 404 

Board of directors
Remuneration	of	the	five	directors	totalled	NOK	2	347	thousand	for	2020	
(2019:	NOK	2	500	thousand).	A	board	member	resigned	on	7	February	2020	
and	the	remuneration	was	reduced	with	1/4	to	reflect	the	actual	period	as	a
board	member.	The	board’s	remuneration	for	the	fiscal	year	2020	will	be	
approved	by	the	general	assembly	22	April	2021.

Remuneration	of	the	nomination	committee	totalled	NOK	90	thousand	for	
2020	(2019:	NOK	100	thousand).

Senior executives
Thomas	Wilhelmsen	-	group	CEO
Christian	Berg	-	group	CFO

The	group	CEO	has	a	severance	pay	guarantee	under	which	he	has	the	right	
to	receive	up	to	100%	of	his	annual	salary	for	24	months	after	leaving	the	
company	as	a	result	of	mergers,	substantial	changes	in	ownership,	or	a	
decision	by	the	board	of	directors.	Possible	income	during	the	period	is	
deducted	up	to	50%,	which	comes	into	force	after	six	months’	notice	period.	
Group	CEO	has	the	right	to	a	life-long	pension	constituting	50%	of	his	annual	
salary	retirement	above	12G.

The	group	CFO	is	following	the	company	pension	policy	for	salary	below	and	
above	12G	(defined	contribution	plan).	His	retirement	age	is	67.	In	additional,	
he	has	a	right	to	receive	60%	of	his	annual	salary	between	67	and	70	year.

Loans and guarantees employees
There	were	no	loan	or	guarantees	to	employees	per	31.12.2020.	

94

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 
Cont. note 2 Employee	benefits

SHARES OWNED OR CONTROLLED BY REPRESENTATIVES OF WILH. WILHELMSEN HOLDING ASA AT 31 DECEMBER 2020

Board of directors

Diderik	Schnitler	(chair)

Carl	E	Steen

Trond	Westlie

Rebekka	Glasser	Herlofsen	

Ulrika	Laurin	

Senior executives

Thomas	Wilhelmsen	-	group	CEO

Christian	Berg	-	group	CFO

Nomination committee

Gunnar	Fredrik	Selvaag

Jan	Gunnar	Hartvig

A shares

B shares

Total

Part of 
total shares

Part of 
voting stock

 2 000 

 8 000 

 25 000 

 27 000 

 8 000 

0.06%

0.02%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.02%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

 20 834 624 

 2 288 460 

 23 123 084 

 516 

 516 

49.83%

0.00%

60.33%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

LONG TERM INCENTIVE SCHEME
The	long	term	incentive	scheme	(LTI)	was	introduced	in	2015.	Participants	are	
members	of	the	group	management	team	and	the	presidents	for	Wilhelmsen	
Ships	Service	and	Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management.	For	the	group	CEO,	maxi-
mum	annual	payment	is	100%	of	base	salary.	For	the	remaining	participants,	
the	maximum	annual	payment	is	50%	of	base	salary. 

The	LTI	focuses	on	long	term	shareholder	value	creation	and	is	based	on	
positive	development	of	the	Wilhelmsen	group’s	value	adjusted	equity.	The	am-
bitions	set	for	the	programme	are	to	increase	alignment	with	value	creation	for	
shareholders,	to	attract,	retain	and	motivate	participants	and	drive	long-term	
group	performance. 

Settlement	is	based	on	return	on	value	adjusted	equity	the	last	four	years	
leading	up	to	the	settlement.	The	value	adjusted	equity	is	determined	by	using	

a	“sum-of-the-parts”	principle.	For	listed	companies,	value	adjusted	equity	is	
based	on	market	price,	while	earnings	multiples	or	net	asset	value	are	used	for	
non-listed	entities.	 

The	board	sets	value	adjusted	equity	targets	at	the	beginning	of	each	four	year	
measurement	period.	Without	consultation	or	agreement	with	the	individual,	
the	board	has	the	right	to	change	or	terminate	the	incentive	programme	after	
each	year.		 

Per	31	December	2020,	a	provision	has	been	made	related	to	the	LTI	
	programme	ending	on	31	December	2022.	Potential	payment	will	be	in	March	
2023.	The	provision	has	been	calculated	based	on	development	in	value	
adjusted	equity	for	the	two	first	years	of	the	four	year	measurement	period,	
risk free	return	and	standard	deviation	of	historic	annual	value	creation.	

EXPENSED AUDIT FEE (excluding VAT)

NOK thousand

Statutory	audit

Other	service	fees

Total expensed audit fee

2020

2019

 535 

 307 

 842 

 545 

 74 

 619 

95

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Parent company

Accounts and notes

Note 3 Intangible	and	tangible	assets

NOK thousand

2020

Cost	01.01

Additions

Disposals

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	01.01

Depreciation/amortisation

Disposals

Accumulated depreciation 31.12

Intangible 
assets

Buildings

Other tangible 
assets

Total

 8 601 

 204 

 (1 528)

 7 277 

 (4 717)

 (1 329)

 123 

 (5 923)

 10 582 

 9 084 

 10 582 

 9 084 

 (3 444)

 (423)

 (5 674)

 (423)

 28 267 

 204 

 (1 528)

 26 943 

 (13 835)

 (2 176)

 123 

 (3 867)

 (6 097)

 (15 888)

Carrying amounts 31.12

 1 354 

 6 715 

 2 987 

 11 056 

Depreciation/amortisation	intangible	and	tangible	assets	

Depreciation	of	right-of-use	assets

Total depreciation 2020

2019

Cost	01.01

Additions

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	01.01

Depreciation/amortisation

Accumulated depreciation 31.12

 (2 176)

 (4 200)

 (6 376)

 25 846 

 2 421 

 28 267 

 (11 957)

 (1 878)

 (13 835)

 6 180 

 2 421 

 8 601 

 (3 693)

 (1 024)

 (4 717)

 10 582 

 9 084 

 10 582 

 9 084 

 (3 021)

 (423)

 (3 444)

 (5 243)

 (430)

 (5 674)

Carrying amounts 31.12

 3 884 

 7 138 

 3 411 

 14 432 

Depreciation/amortisation	intangible	and	tangible	assets	

Depreciation	of	right-of-use	assets

Total depreciation 2019

Useful	life

Amortisation/depreciation	schedule

 (1 878)

 (4 174)

 (6 052)

Up	to	3	years

Up	to	25	years

3-10	years

Straight-line

Straight-line

Straight-line

96

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

    
    
 
Note 4 Lease
THE LEASE CONTRACTS 
The	company’s	lease	contracts	are	mainly	related	to	leasing	of	the	headquarter	
and	parking	spaces	located	in	Strandveien	20,	Lysaker,	Norway.	The	contracts	

are	subleased	to	a	subsidiary.	All	lease	contracts	were	previously	reported	as	
operating	leases	prior	to	the	implementation	of	IFRS	16.

Implementation effect 1.1.2019

The	net	effect	on	implementation	of	IFRS	16	as	at	January	1,	2019	is	presented	below.

NOK thousand

Note

Total

Lease	liability	at	1	January	2019

Deferred	income	related	to	house	agreement	(net	after	tax)	

Right-of-use	asset	at	1	January	2019

Sub	lease	group	companies

Difference between lease liability and right-of-use asset per January 1, 2019

Effect	from	prepayments	and	currency	translation

Equity at 1 January 2019

Reconciliation of lease commitment and lease liability

NOK thousand

Material	operating	lease	commitment	as	at	31	December	2018

Operating	lease	commitment	as	at	31	December	2018	(not	included	in	material	operating	lease	committment)

Option	periods	previously	reported	as	lease	commitments

Undiscounted	lease	liabililty

Effect	of	discounting	lease	commitment	to	net	present	value

Lease liability at 1 January 2019

Summary of the lease liabilities in the financial statements

2020

Lease	liability	at	1	January	2020

Cash	payments	for	the	principal	portion	of	the	lease	liability

Change	of	estimates	

Lease liability at 31 December 2020

2019

At	initial	application	1	January	2019

Cash	payments	for	the	principal	portion	of	the	lease	liability

Lease liability at 31 December 2019

2020

Lease	liability	

Change	of	estimates	

Repayment	current	year

Total lease liability 31.12

Non	current	lease	liability

Current	lease	liability

Total lease liability 31.12

10

Note

13

External 

 222 193 

 (17 629)

 (37 314)

 167 249 

 128 216 

 39 033 

 167 249 

 (256 329)

 (19 345)

 25 045 

 231 284 

 (19 345)

 (19 345)

 (19 345)

Total

 385 429 

 2 663 

 (103 608)

 284 484 

 (28 155)

 256 329 

 222 193 

 (37 314)

 (17 629)

 167 249 

 256 329 

 (34 136)

 222 193 

Total

 222 193 

 (17 629)

 (37 314)

 167 249 

 128 216 

 39 033 

 167 249 

97

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Parent company

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 4 Lease

2019

Lease	liability	

Repayment	current	year

Total lease liability 31.12

Non	current	lease	liability

Current	lease	liability

Total lease liability 31.12

NOK thousand

2020

Sub	lease	receivable	1.1.

Change	of	estimates	

Repayment	of	sub	lease	receivable	

Sub lease receivable 31.12

Non	current	sub	lease	receivable	

Current	sub	lease	receivable	

Total financial sub lease receivable 31.12

2019

Sub	lease	receivable	1.1.

Repayment	of	sub	lease	receivable	

Sub lease receivable 31.12

Non	current	sub	lease	receivable	

Current	sub	lease	receivable	

Total financial sub lease receivable 31.12

NOK thousand

2020

Right	of	use	assets	1.1.

Change	of	estimates	

Right of use assets cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	01.01

Depreciation

Change	of	estimates	

Accumulated depreciation 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

2019

Right	of	use	assets	1.1.

Right of use assets cost 31.12

Depreciation

Accumulated depreciation 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

98

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

External 

 256 329 

 (34 136)

 222 193 

 184 901 

 37 292 

 222 193 

Total

 256 329 

 (34 136)

 222 193 

 184 901 

 37 292 

 222 193 

 200 482 

 (17 765)

 (33 649)

 149 068 

 114 031 

 35 037 

 149 068 

 231 284 

 (30 802)

 200 482 

 166 833 

 33 650 

 200 482 

Property 

 25 045 

 151 

 25 196 

 (4 174)

 (4 200)

 (20)

 (8 395)

 16 802 

 25 045 

 25 045 

 (4 174)

 (4 174)

 20 871

Note 

3

3

 
Note 5 Tax

NOK thousand

Allocation of tax income/(expense)

Payable	tax/withholding	tax

Change	in	deferred	tax

Total tax income/(expenses)

Basis for tax computation

Profit	before	tax

22%	tax

Tax effect from

Net	permanent	differences

Withholding	tax

Impairment	of	deferred	tax	asset

Current year calculated tax

Effective	tax	rate

Deferred tax asset/(liability)

Tax effect of temporary differences

Fixtures

Current	assets	and	liabilities

Non	current	liabilities	and	provisions	for	liabilities

Tax	losses	carried	forward

Deferred tax asset/(liability)

Deferred	tax	asset/(liability)	01.01

Charge	to	equity	(IFRS16	implementation)

Charge	to	equity	(tax	of	OCI)

Change	of	deferred	tax	through	income	statement

Deferred tax asset/(liability) 31.12

2020

2019

 (614)

 (22 599)

 (23 212)

 (2 651)

 29 570 

 26 919 

 211 369 

 46 501 

 446 348 

 98 197 

(63 903)

 (127 766)

 614 

 40 000 

 23 212 

 2 651 

 (26 919)

 11% 

	neg.	

 1 248 

 (10 641)

 13 521 

 45 514 

 49 643 

 68 198 

 4 044 

 (22 599)

 49 643 

 820 

 (5 560)

 8 041 

 64 897 

 68 198 

 42 398 

 (5 456)

 1 686 

 29 570 

 68 198 

Note 6 Investments	in	subsidiaries	and	associates

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCIPLES
Shares	in	subsidiaries,	joint	ventures	and	associated	companies	are	presented	
according	to	the	cost	method	in	the	parent	company.	Group	contribution	
received	is	included	in	dividends	from	subsidiaries.	Group	contributions	and	
dividends	from	subsidiaries	are	recognised	in	the	parent	company	the	year	for	
which	they	are	proposed	by	the	subsidiary	to	the	extent	the	parent	company	

can	control	the	decision	of	the	subsidiary	through	its	shareholdings	on	the	
balance	sheet	date.	Shares	in	subsidiaries,	joint	ventures	and	associates	are	
reviewed	for	impairment	whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	
indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	may	exceed	the	recoverable	amount	of	
the	investment.	An	impairment	loss	is	reversed	if	the	impairment	situation	is	
deemed	to	no	longer	exist.

NOK thousand

Associate

Business office country

Voting share/ 
ownership share

2020 
Book value

2019 
Book value

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA

Lysaker,	Norway

37.8%

 1 130 964 

 1 130 964 

Subsidiaries

Treasure	ASA*

Wilhelmsen	Maritime	Services	AS

WilService	AS	

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	AS

Wilhelmsen	Accounting	Services	AS

WilNor	Governmental	Services	AS	

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Wilhelmsen	GRC	Sdn	Bhd

Kuala	Lumpur,	Malaysia	

Total investments in subsidiaries and associates 

*At	31.12.2020	Treasure	ASA	had	3	965	000	own	shares	(31.12.2019:	465	000	own	shares).

73.5%

 1 043 967 

 1 043 967 

100%

100%

100%

100%

51%

100%

 1 264 440 

 1 264 440 

 1 550 

 1 550 

 1 405 014 

 1 405 014 

 3 622 

 9 499 

 8 

 3 622 

 9 499 

 8 

 4 859 064 

 4 859 064 

99

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Parent company

Accounts and notes

Note 7 Combined	items,	balance	sheet

NOK thousand

OTHER NON CURRENT ASSETS

Sub	lease	to	group	company

Total other non current assets

Of which non current debitors falling due for payment later than one year:

Loans/	sublease	to	subsidiary	and	associates

Total other non current assets due after one year

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Group	contribution	

Cash	pool	intercompany	receivables	

Other	current	assets

Restricted	bank	deposits	

Total other current assets

OTHER NON CURRENT LIABILITIES

Allocation	of	commitment

Total other non current liabilities

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Next	year's	instalment	on	interest-bearing	debt

Proposed	dividend

Cash	pool	intercompany	payables	

Other	current	liabilities

Total other current liabilities

Note

2020

2019

4

 114 031 

 114 031 

 166 833 

 166 833 

4/13/14

 114 031 

 114 031 

 166 833 

 166 833 

14

9/14

9

12

10

9/14

 30 944 

 9 893 

 18 315 

 59 152 

 200 000 

 26 053 

 8 752 

 234 805 

 890 

 890 

 1 548 

 1 548 

 222 900 

 28 274 

 70 282 

 321 455 

 200 000 

 89 160 

 119 548 

 19 974 

 428 682 

The	fair	value	of	current	receivables	and	payables	is	virtually	the	same	as	the	carried	amount,	since	the	effect	of	discounting	is	insignificant.
Lending	is	at	floating	rates	of	interest.	Fair	value	is	virtually	identical	with	the	carried	amount.	See	note	13.

Note 8 Current	financial	investments

NOK thousand

2020

2019

Market value asset management portfolio

Equities

Bonds

Financial	derivatives

Total current financial investments

 613 060 

 406 196 

 35 744 

 1 055 001 

 505 379 

 388 108 

 3 491 

 896 979 

The	fair	value	of	all	equity	securities,	bonds	and	other	financial	assets	is	based	on	their	closing	prices	in	an	active	market.

The	net	unrealised	gain	at	31.12

 119 044 

 83 988 

The	portfolio	of	financial	investments	is	held	as	collateral	within	a	securities’	finance	facility.	See	note	12.

100

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

  
Note 9 Restricted	bank	deposits	and	undrawn	committed	drawing	rights

NOK thousand

Undrawn committed drawing rights

2020

2019

Undrawn	committed	drawing	rights	for	31	December

 1 156 906 

 1 118 318 

Cash and cash equivalents

Banks

Total Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted bank deposits 

Banks

Total restricted bank deposits 

2020

2019

 108 481 

 108 481 

 205 737 

 205 737 

2020

2019

 18 315 

 18 315 

WWH	ASA	is	the	owner	of	the	cash	pool	that	was	established	in	2019	with	
the	Norweigian	subsidiaries	as	participants.	Bank	balances	in	subsidiaries	
are		presented	as	intercompany	receivables/payables	in	the	parent	financial	
	statements.	The	cash	pool	covers	following	currencies;	NOK,	USD,	EUR,	SEK,	
GBP,	JPY,	AUD	and	DKK.	There	are	no	credit	line	related	to	the	cash	pool.

The	parent	company	has	a	bank	guarantee	for	the	payroll	tax.	Per	31	December	
2020	the	guarantee	amounted	to	NOK	7	000	thousand	(31	December	2019	
NOK 7 000	thousand)

Note 10 Equity

FINANCIAL REPORTING PRINCIPLES
Share capital and own shares
When	the	parent	company	purchases	its	own	shares	(treasury	shares),	the	
consideration	paid,	including	any	attributable	transaction	costs	net	of	income	tax,	
is deducted	from	the	equity	attributable	to	the	parent	company’s	shareholders	
until	the	shares	are	liquidated	or	sold.	Should	such	shares	subsequently	be	sold	
or reissued,	any	consideration	received	is	included	in	share	capital.

Dividend and group contribution in the parent accounts
Proposed	dividend	for	the	parent	company’s	shareholders	is	shown	in	the	
parent	company	account	as	a	liability	at	31	December	current	year.	Group	
	contribution	to	the	parent	company	is	recognised	as	a	financial	income	and	
current	asset	in	the	financial	statement	at	31	December	current	year.

NOK thousand

Current year's change in equity

Equity	31.12.2019

Proposed	dividend

Profit	for	the	year

Comprehensive	income	for	the	year

Equity 31.12.2020

NOK thousand

Equity	31.12.2018

Implementation	of	IFRS16

Interim	dividend	paid

Proposed	dividend

Profit	for	the	year

Comprehensive	income	for	the	year

Purchase	of	own	shares	

Equity 31.12.2019

Note

Share capital

Own shares

Retained 
earnings

Total 

4

4

 928 076 

 (36 476)

 4 904 330 

 5 795 930 

 (222 900)

 188 158 

 (14 336)

 (222 900)

 188 158 

 (14 336)

 928 076 

 (36 476)

 4 855 251 

 5 746 851 

Share capital

Own shares

Retained 
earnings

Total 

 928 076 

 4 845 902 

 5 773 979 

 19 345 

 (111 450)

 (89 160)

 473 268 

 (5 977)

 (227 599)

 19 345 

 (111 450)

 (89 160)

 473 268 

 (5 977)

 (264 075)

 4 904 330 

 5 795 930 

 928 076 

 (36 476)

 (36 476)

101

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020  
Parent company

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 10 Equity
At	31	December	2020	the	company’s	share	capital	comprises	34	537	092	
Class	A	shares	and	11	866	732	Class	B	shares,	totalling	46	403	824	shares	
with	a	nominal	value	of	NOK	20	each.	Class	B	shares	do	not	carry	a	vote	at	
the	general	meeting.	Otherwise,	each	share	confers	the	same	rights	in	the	
company.

At	31	December	2020,	the	company	has	1	823	824	own	shares,	split	on	
537	092	A	shares	and	1	286	732	B	shares	(corresponding	figures	for	2019).	
The	total	purchase	price	of	these	shares	was	NOK	264	million.

Dividend
The	proposed	dividend	for	fiscal	year	2020	is	NOK	5.00	per	share,	payable	
in	the	second	quarter	2021.	A	decision	on	the	proposal	will	be	taken	by	the	
annual	general	meeting	on	22	April	2021.	

Dividend	for	fiscal	year	2019	was	NOK	2.00	per	share	and	paid	in	May	2020.	

Dividend	for	fiscal	year	2018	was	NOK	5.00	per	share,	where	NOK	2.50	per	
share	was	paid	in	May	2019	and	NOK	2.50	per	share	was	paid	in	November	
2019. 

The largest shareholders at 31 December 2020

Shareholders

Tallyman	AS

Verdipapirfondet	Nordea	Norge	Verdi	

Folketrygdfondet	

Pareto	Aksje	Norge	Verdipapirfond

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Citibank	Europe	plc	

Citibank	Europe	plc	

The	Bank	of	New	York	Mellon

Stiftelsen	Tom	Wilhelmsen	

Skagen	Vekst	Verdipapirfond

Forsvarets	Personellservice	

Nominee

Nominee

Nominee

J.P.	Morgan	Bank	Luxembourg	S.A.	

Nominee

VJ	Invest	AS

UBS	Switzerland	AG

MP	Pensjon	PK

Clearstream	Banking	S.A.

RBC	Investor	Services	Bank	S.A.

Varner	Equities	AS

Verdipapirfondet	Nordea	Kapital	

Verdipapirfondet	Nordea	Avkastning	

Other	

Total number of shares

Nominee

Nominee

Nominee

A shares

B shares

Total number 
of shares

% of 
total shares

% of 
voting stock

 20 784 730 

 2 281 044 

23 065 774

49.71%

60.18%

 404 404 

 1 562 450 

 1 218 081 

 1 177 074 

 537 092 

 691 302 

 486 868 

 391 170 

 370 400 

 560 000 

 543 953 

 126 875 

 77 184 

 432 185 

 79 965 

 324 403 

 319 329 

 38 014 

 102 460 

 112 359 

 733 146 

 727 360 

 1 286 732 

 560 523 

 394 088 

 385 227 

 236 000 

 415 630 

 437 878 

 3 499 

 276 636 

 3 111 

 248 872 

 174 865 

 157 119 

1 966 854

1 951 227

1 904 434

1 823 824

1 251 825

880 956

776 397

606 400

560 000

543 953

542 505

515 062

435 684

356 601

327 514

319 329

286 886

277 325

269 478

4.24%

4.20%

4.10%

3.93%

2.70%

1.90%

1.67%

1.31%

1.21%

1.17%

1.17%

1.11%

0.94%

0.77%

0.71%

0.69%

0.62%

0.60%

0.58%

1.17%

3.53%

3.41%

1.56%

2.00%

1.41%

1.13%

1.07%

1.62%

1.57%

0.37%

0.22%

1.25%

0.23%

0.94%

0.92%

0.11%

0.30%

0.33%

 5 759 244 

 1 982 552 

 7 741 796 

34 537 092

11 866 732

46 403 824

16.68%

100.00%

16.68%

100.00%

Shares on foreigners hands
At	31	December	2020	-	4	336	816	(12.56%)	A	shares	and	2	736	738	(23.29%)	B	shares	was	held	by	foreign	shareholders.
Corresponding	figures	at	31	December	2019	-	4	692	307	(13.59%)	A	shares	and	2	749	662	(23.17%)	B	shares.

102

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Note 11 Pension
Description of the pension scheme 
The	company’s	defined	contribution	pension	schemes	for	Norwegian	employees	
are	with	financial	institutions	providing	solutions	based	on	investment	funds.	

The	company	has	“Ekstrapensjon”,	a	contribution	plan	for	all	Norwegian	
employees	with	salaries	exceeding12	times	the	Norwegian	National	Insurance	
base	amount	(G).	The	contribution	plan	replaced	the	company	obligations	mainly	
financed	from	operation.	

In	addition	the	company	has	agreements	on	early	retirement.	This	obligations	are	
mainly	financed	from	operations.

The	company	has	obligation	towards	one	employee	in	the	company’s	senior	
executive	management.	The	obligation	is	mainly	covered	via	group	annuity	
policies	in	Storebrand.

Pension	costs	and	obligations	includes	payroll	taxes.	No	provision	has	been	made	
for	payroll	tax	in	pension	plans	where	the	plan	assets	exceed	the	plan	obligations.																		

The	liability	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet	in	respect	of	the	remaining	defined	
benefit	pension	plans	is	the	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	at	
the	end	of	the	reporting	period	less	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets.	The	defined	
benefit	obligations	are	calculated	annually	by	independent	actuaries	using	the	
projected	unit	credit	method.	The	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	
is	determined	by	discounting	the	estimated	future	cash	outflows	using	interest	
rates	of	high-quality	corporate	bonds	that	are	denominated	in	the	currency	in	
which	the	benefits	will	be	paid,	and	that	have	terms	to	maturity	approximating	to	
the	terms	of	the	related	pension	obligation.	

Actuarial	gains	and	losses	arising	from	experience	adjustments	and	changes	in	
actuarial	assumptions	are	charged	or	credited	to	equity	in	other	comprehensive	
income	in	the	period	in	which	they	arise.

Number of people covered by pension schemes at 31.12

2020

2019

2020

2019

Funded

Unfunded

In	employment

On	retirement	(inclusive	disability	pensions)

Total number of people covered by pension schemes

 1 

 1 

 1 

 1 

 1 

 5 

 6 

 4 

 4 

Financial assumptions for the pension calculations:

Discount	rate

Anticipated	pay	regulation

Anticipated	increase	in	National	Insurance	base	amount	(G)

Anticipated	regulation	of	pensions

Expenses

Commitments

2020

2019

31.12.2020

31.12.2019

2.30%

2.00%

2.00%

0.10%

2.70%

2.50%

2.50%

0.10%

1.60%

1.75%

1.75%

0.10%

2.30%

2.00%

2.00%

0.10%

Anticipated	pay	regulation	are	business	sector	specific,	influenced	by	
composition	of	employees	under	the	plans.	Anticipated	increase	in	G	is	tied	
up	to	the	anticipated	pay	regulations.	Anticipated	regulation	of	pensions	is	
determined	by	the	difference	between	return	on	assets	and	the	hurdle	rate.

Actuarial	assumptions:	all	calculations	are	calculated	on	the	basis	of	the	K2013	
mortality	tariff.	The	disability	tariff	is	based	on	the	KU	table.

103

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020    
    
Parent company

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 11 Pension

NOK thousand

Pension expenses     

Service	cost

Net	interest	cost

Cost	of	defined	contribution	plan

Net pension expenses

NOK thousand

Remeasurements - Other comprehensive income

Effect	of	changes	in	financial	assumptions

Effect	of	experience	adjustments

(Return)	on	plan	assets	(excluding	interest	income)	

Gross remeasurement (gain) loss included in OCI

Tax	effect

Remeasurement (gain) loss recognised in OCI - net of tax

NOK thousand

Pension obligations

Defined	benefit	obligation	at	end	of	prior	year

Service	cost

Interest	expense

Benefit	payments	from	plan

Settlement	payments	from	plan	assets

Effect	of	changes	in	financial	assumptions	

Effect	of	experience	adjustments

Pension obligations 31.12

Fair value of plan assets

Fair	value	of	plan	assets	at	end	of	prior	year

Interest	income

Employer	contributions

Benefit	payments	from	plan

Settlement	payments	from	plan	assets

Administrative	expenses	paid	from	plan	assets

Return	on	plan	assets	(excluding	interest	income)

Gross pension assets 31.12

Other comprehensive income 

Gross	pension	other	comprehensive	income	

Tax	effect

Net equity effect

NOK thousand

Specification of funded and unfunded obligation

Defined	benefit	obligation	funded

Defined	benefit	obligation	unfunded

Fair	value	of	plan	assets

Net liability

2020

2019

Funded

Unfunded

Total

Funded

Unfunded

Total

1897

 203 

 4 691 

 6 791 

 57 

 784 

 841 

1954

 987 

 4 691 

 7 632 

 1 637 

 69 

 7 364 

 9 070 

 1 756 

 894 

 3 393 

 963 

 7 364 

 2 650 

 11 720 

2020

2019

 8 378 

 10 278 

 (276)

 18 380 

 4 044 

 14 336 

 2 336 

 4 718 

 609 

 7 663 

 1 686 

 5 977 

2020

2019

 63 960 

 1 804 

 1 328 

 (3 135)

 8 378 

 10 278 

 82 613 

 13 922 

 422 

 1 811 

 (231)

 276 

 89 256 

 3 393 

 2 258 

 (3 962)

 (34 039)

 2 336 

 4 718 

 63 960 

 48 400 

 1 294 

 2 022 

 (2 526)

 (34 039)

 (620)

 (609)

 16 200 

 13 922 

 18 380 

 (4 044)

 14 336 

 7 663 

 (1 686)

 5 977 

2020

2019

 29 927 

 52 686 

 16 200 

 66 413 

 23 644 

 40 316 

 13 922 

 50 038 

Premium	payments	in	2021	are	expected	to	be	NOK	8.9	million	(2020:	NOK	8.1	million).	Payments	from	operations	are	estimated	at	NOK	2.3	million	(2020:	
NOK	2.4	million).	

104

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

    
Note 12 Interest-bearing	debt

NOK thousand

Interest-bearing debt 

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt

Repayment schedule for interest-bearing debt

Due	in	year	1

Total interest-bearing debt

Held as collateral within a securities’ finance facility

The	portfolio	of	financial	investments

2020

2019

0

0

200 000

200 000

200 000

200 000

 1 019 256 

 893 488 

The	parent	company	had	in	addition	undrawn	revolving	facilities	at	31	
December	2020.	The	parent	company’s	financing	arrangement	provides	for	
customary	financial	covenants	related	to	minimum	liquidity,	and	minimum	value	
adjusted	equity	ratio.	The	company	was	in	compliance	with	these	covenants	at	
31	December	2020	(analougue	for	31	December	2019).

FINANCIAL RISK
See	note	13	to	the	parent	accounts	and	note	19	to	the	group	accounts	
for	further	information	on	financial	risk,	and	note	18	to	the	group	accounts	
concerning	the	fair	value	of	interest-bearing	debt.

Note 13 Financial	risk
CREDIT RISK
Guarantees
The	group’s	policy	is	that	the	parent	company	will	not	provide	any	
	financial 	guarantees.

Cash and bank deposits
The	parent’s	exposure	to	credit	risk	on	cash	and	bank	deposits	is	considered	
to	be	very	limited	as	the	parent	maintain	banking	relationships	with	a	selection	
of	banks	with	strong	credit	ratings.

LIQUIDITY RISK
The	parent’s	approach	to	managing	liquidity	is	to	ensure	sufficient	liquidity	to	
meet	its	liabilities,	under	both	normal	and	stressed	conditions,	without	incurring	
unacceptable	losses	or	risking	damage	to	the	parent	and	group’s	reputation.
The	parent’s	liquidity	risk	is	considered	to	be	low	in	the	sense	that	it	holds	
significant	liquid	assets	in	addition	to	undrawn	credit	facilities.	

FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION 
The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	traded	in	an	active	market	is	based	on	
quoted	market	prices	on	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	fair	value	of	financial	
instruments	not	traded	in	an	active	market	(over-the-counter	contracts)	are	
	based	on	third	party	quotes.	Specific	valuation	techniques	used	to	value	
	financial	instruments	include:

Quoted	market	prices	or	dealer	quotes	for	similar	instruments.

The	fair	value	of	interest	rate	swaps	is	calculated	as	the	present	value	of	the	
estimated	future	cash	flows	based	on	observable	yield	curves.	

The	fair	value	of	interest	rate	swap	option	(swaption)	contracts	is	determined	
using	observable	yield	curve,	volatility	and	time-to-maturity	parameters	at	the	
balance	sheet	date,	resulting	in	a	swaption	premium.

The	fair	value	of	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	is	determined	using	
forward	exchange	rates	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	with	the	resulting	value	
discounted	back	to	present	value.

The	fair	value	of	foreign	exchange	option	contracts	is	determined	using	
observable	forward	exchange	rates,	volatility,	yield	curves	and	time-to-maturity	
parameters	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	resulting	in	an	option	premium.

The	carrying	value	less	impairment	provision	of	receivables	and	payables	are	
assumed	to	approximate	their	fair	values.	The	fair	value	of	financial	liabilities	for	
disclosure	purposes	is	estimated	by	discounting	the	future	contractual	cash	
flows	at	the	current	market	interest	rate	that	is	available	to	the	company	for	
similar	financial	instruments.

105

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Parent company

Accounts and notes

Cont. note 13 Financial	risk

NOK thousand

2020

Interest-bearing debt 

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt 31.12

2019

Interest-bearing debt

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt 31.12

Fair value

Carrying amount

0

0

 200 000 

 200 000 

 200 000 

 200 000 

The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	traded	in	active	markets	is	based	on	
	closing	prices	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	A	market	is	regarded	as	active	if	
quoted	prices	are	readily	and	regularly	available	from	an	exchange,		dealer,	
broker,	industry	group,	pricing	service,	or	regulatory	agency,	and	those	
prices 	represent	actual	and	regularly	occurring	market	transactions	on	an	
arm's length	basis.	

The	price	used	for	valuation	of	financial	assets	held	by	the	group	is	the	closing	
price.	These	instruments	are	included	in	level	1.	Instruments	included	in	level	1	
at	the	end	of	2020	and	2019	are	investment	grade	bonds	and	equities.

The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	not	traded	in	an	active	market	is	
determined	by	using	valuation	techniques.	These	valuation	techniques	use	
observable	market	data	where	available	and	rely	as	little	as	possible	on	entity	
specific	estimates.	These	instruments	are	included	in	level	2.	Instruments	
included	in	level	2	are	FX	and	IR	derivatives.

If	one	or	more	of	significant	valuation	inputs	is	not	based	on	observable	market	
data,	the	instruments	are	included	in	level	3.	

Total financial instruments and short term financial investments

NOK thousand

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total balance

Financial assets at fair value through income statement 2020

–	Bonds	

–	Equities	

–	Financial	derivatives

Total assets 31.12

Financial assets at fair value through income statement 2019

		-	Bonds	

		-	Equities	

		-	Financial	derivatives	

Total assets 31.12

 406 196 

 613 060 

 1 019 256 

 388 108 

 505 379 

 893 488 

 35 744 

 35 744 

 3 491 

 3 491 

 406 196 

 613 060 

 35 744 

 1 055 001 

 388 108 

 505 379 

 3 491 

 896 979 

106

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

    
 
    
 
Cont. note 13 Financial	risk

NOK thousand

Financial instruments by category

Assets

Sub	lease	receivable	non	current	

Current	financial	investments

Financial	derivatives	

Sub	lease	receivable	

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalent

Assets at 31.12.2020

Liabilities

Property	lease	liabilities	non	current	

Current	portion	of	property	lease	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Liabilities 31.12.2020

Assets

Sub	lease	receivable	non	current	

Current	financial	investments

Financial	derivatives	

Sub	lease	receivable	

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalent

Assets at 31.12.2019

Liabilities

Property	lease	liabilities	non	current	

Current	interest-bearing	debt

Current	portion	of	lease	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Liabilities 31.12.2019

4

8

8

4

7

Note

4

4

7

Note

4

8

8

4

7

Note

4

7

4

7

See	note	19	to	the	group	financial	statement	for	further	information	about	the	group	risk	factors.

Note

Financial assets at 
amortised cost

Fair value through 
income statement 

 114 031 

 35 037 

 59 152 

 108 481 

 316 701 

 1 019 256 

 35 744 

 1 055 001 

Other  financial 
 liabilities at 
 amortised cost

Fair value through 
income statement 

 128 216 

 39 033 

 321 455 

 488 705 

Financial assets at 
amortised cost

Fair value through 
income statement 

 893 488 

 3 491 

 166 833 

 33 650 

 234 805 

 205 737 

 641 024 

Total

 114 031 

 1 019 256 

 35 744 

 35 037 

 59 152 

 108 481 

 1 371 702 

Total

 128 216 

 39 033 

 321 455 

 488 705 

Total

 166 833 

 893 488 

 3 491 

 33 650 

 234 805 

 205 737 

 896 979 

 1 538 003 

Other  financial 
 liabilities at 
 amortised cost

Fair value through 
income statement 

 184 901 

 200 000 

 37 292 

 228 682 

 650 875 

Total

 184 901 

 200 000 

 37 292 

 228 682 

 650 875 

107

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
   
 
Parent company

Accounts and notes

Note 14 Related	party	transaction
The	ultimate	owner	of	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	is	Tallyman	AS,	which	holds	about	60%	of	the	voting	stock	of	the	company.	Tallyman	AS	is	controlled	
by 	Thomas	Wilhelmsen.	

Shares owned or controlled by related party of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA at 31 December 2020

Name

A shares

B shares

Total

Part of 
total shares

Part of 
voting stock

Thomas	Wilhelmsen	and	associates

 20 834 624 

 2 288 460 

 23 123 084 

49.83%

60.33%

WWH	ASA	delivers	services	to	other	group	companies,	primarily	human	
resources,	communication	and	treasury	(“Shared	Services”).	

In	accordance	with	service	level	agreements,	WilService	AS	delivers	in-house	
services	such	as	canteen,	post,	switchboard	and	rent	of	office	facilities,	

Wilhelmsen	Accounting	Services	delivers	accounting	services	and	Maritime	
Services	delivers	IT	to	WWH.	Generally,	Shared	Services	are	priced	using	
a	cost	plus	5%	margin	calculation,	in	accordance	with	the	principles	set	
out	in	the	OECD	Transfer	Pricing	Guidelines	and	are	delivered	according	to	
agreements	that	are	renewed	annually.

NOK thousand

Note

2020

2019

 4 426 

 16 105 

 5 866 

 150 

 26 548 

 3 283 

 13 681 

 4 499 

 147 

 21 611 

 (1 803)

 (11 845)

 (13 648)

 (4 070)

 (9 387)

 (13 457)

 16 

 180 424 

 180 439 

 300 002 

 243 673 

 543 674 

 (1)

 (3 014)

 (3 016)

 (19)

 (2 498)

 (2 517)

 2 033 

 2 

 2 036 

 (204)

 (171)

 (375)

 4 132 

 3 603 

 222 

 7 958 

 (196)

 (94)

 (290)

1

1

1

1

7

7

OPERATING REVENUE FROM GROUP COMPANIES

WAWI	group

Maritime	Services	

Other	Holding	and	Investments

Supply	Services

Operating revenue from group companies

OPERATING EXPENSES TO GROUP COMPANIES

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Operating expenses to group companies

FINANCIAL INCOME FROM GROUP COMPANIES

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Financial income from group companies

FINANCIAL EXPENSES TO GROUP COMPANIES

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Financial expenses to group companies

ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES AND ACCOUNT PAYABLES WITH GROUP COMPANIES

Account receivables

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Supply	Services	

Account receivables from group companies

Account payables

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Account payables to group companies

108

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

   
Cont. note 14 Related	party	transaction

NOK thousand

Cash pool receivables 

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Cash pool receivables from group company

Cash pool payables 

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Cash pool payables to group company

NON CURRENT SUBLEASE TO GROUP COMPANIES 

Holding	and	Investments	

Non current sublease to group companies

CURRENT SUBLEASE TO GROUP COMPANIES

Holding	and	Investments

Current sublease to group companies

Note

2020

2019

9

9

4

4

 30 944 

 30 944 

 (15 407)

 (12 867)

 (28 274)

 18 836 

 7 217 

 26 053 

 (119 548)

 (119 548)

 114 031 

 114 031 

 166 833 

 166 833 

 35 037 

 35 037 

 33 650 

 33 650 

Note 15 Events	after	the	balance	sheet	date
No	material	events	occurred	between	the	balance	sheet	date	and	the	date	when	the	accounts	were	presented	which	provide	new	information	about	conditions	
prevailing	on	the	balance	sheet	date.

Note 16 Statement	on	the	remuneration	for	senior	executives
FRAMEWORK
The	statement	on	senior	executives’	remuneration	has	been	prepared	in	
accordance	with	the	Norwegian	Public	Limited	Liability	Companies	Act,	
the	Norwegian	Accounting	Act,	and	the	Norwegian	Code	of	Practice	and	
adopted	by	the	board.	

meeting	voted	for	the	statement	(for	further	details,	refer	to	Minutes	from	
the AGM 2020).

For	2020,	the	board	believes	the	execution	of	the	remuneration	guidelines	were	
in	accordance	with	the	statement	given	to	the	annual	general	meeting	in	April	
2020.	Below	is	an	assessment	of	each	element	in	the	remuneration	package.	

It	includes	the	main	elements	in	the	company’s	remuneration	policy,	
an	assessment	of	how	this	was	executed	in	2020	and	targets	for	2021,	
including	update	on	the	group’s	long-term	incentive	schemes.	

GENERAL PRINCIPLES 
The	board	determines	the	framework	for	remuneration	of	senior	executives	
and	believes	it	to	be	a	tool	to	retain	and	attract	required	leadership,	and	to	
ensure	there	is	a	strong	alignment	between	management’s,	the	company’s	
and the	shareholders’	long-term	interests.	

The	board	determines	the	group	CEO	remuneration	and	the	short-	and	
	long-term	incentive	schemes	for	all	senior	executives.	The	group	CEO	
	determines	fixed	salary	and	benefits	in	kind	based	on	a	framework	specified	
by the	board	for	other	senior	executives.	

Remuneration	shall	be	competitive,	but	not	market	leading,	in	the	relevant	
	labour	market(s).	The	remuneration	level	should	be	fair	and	reflect	the	
com	plexity	and	responsibilities	of	each	role.		

The	total	remuneration	package	consists	of:
1)		A	fixed	salary	and	salary	benefits,	
2)		An	annual	variable,	performance-based	remuneration	
3)		A	long-term	incentive	scheme,	
4)		pension	and	insurance	schemes,	and
5)		benefits	in	kind.

EXECUTION OF REMUNERATION POLICY AND PRINCIPLES IN 2020
The	statement	for	2019	which	included	the	guidelines	for	remuneration	for	
2020	was	presented	to	the	annual	general	meeting	on	29	April	2020.	99.6%	
of	the	A	shares	and	98.7%	of	the	B	shares	present	at	the	annual	general	

DEFINITION OF SENIOR EXECUTIVES
For	the	purpose	of	this	statement,	employees	included	are	those	senior	
	executives	covered	by	the	group’s	annual	variable	pay	and/or	long-term	
incentive	scheme:	Thomas	Wilhelmsen	(group	CEO),	Christian	Berg	(group	
CFO),	Jan	Eyvin	Wang	(Executive	vice	president	New	Energy),	Benedicte	
Teigen	Gude	(Executive	vice	president	HR,	culture,	and	communication),	
Bjørge	Grimholt	(Executive	vice	president	Maritime	Services),	Carl	Schou
	(President	Ship	Management),	and	John	Stangeland	(CEO	NorSea	Group).

FIXED SALARY
The	main	element	of	the	remuneration	package	is	the	fixed	salary,	which	should	
be	competitive	and	aligned	with	the	markets	in	which	the	group	operates.	
It should	reflect	the	individual	responsibilities,	complexities,	exposure,	and	
performance	related	to	the	individual	positions.		

Fixed salary 2020
For	details	regarding	benefits	paid	in	2020,	see	note	6	to	group	accounts	
and	notes	on	page	53	and	note	2	to	parent	company	accounts	and	notes	on	
page	94,	which	also	includes	comparable	figures	from	2019.	

Following	uncertainties	related	to	the	continued	impact	of	COVID-19,	it	was	
decided	not	to	adjust	senior	executives’	salaries	in	2020	(except	for	one	which	
received	a	1.5%	adjustment	as	a	step	to	reduce	difference	between	fixed	and	
market	salary).	

Fixed salary 2021
The	base	salary	is	assessed	annually	based	on	the	individual’s	performance,	
normally	in	June	with	effect	from	1	July.	The	assessment	includes	financial	and	
non-financial	elements.	It	is	also	based	on	the	general	development	of	salaries	
in the	local	market	in	which	the	individual	operates.

109

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020    
Parent company

Accounts and notes

Target set by the board for 2020 and level of achievements

SHORT-TERM BONUS PAY-OUT FOR 2020 FOR WWH EMPLOYEES

Cont. note 16 Statement	on	the	remuneration	for	senior	executives
VARIABLE PAY 
The	group	offers	an	annual	variable	pay	(short-term	incentives)	and	long-term	
incentive	scheme.	Variable	pay	is	linked	to	development	of	value	adjusted	
equity,	which	is	deemed	to	be	a	sound	financial	measurement	for	the	portfolio	
of	companies	and	investments	in	the	Wilhelmsen	group,	and	clearly	linked	
to	the	group’s	ambition	of	creating	value	over	time.	Value	creation	over	time	
	presupposes	sustainable	business	models,	in	a	broad	sense	of	the	word	
including	being	financially	profitable	short-	and	longer-term	and	taking	the	
needs	of	future	generations	and	society	at	large	into	account.	A	sustainable	
business	strategy	is	deemed	necessary	to	ensure	the	financial	survival	of	
the	group	and	in	the	best	interest	of	the	group’s	shareholders.	A	profitable	
business	model	is	in	its	essence	sustainable	over	time.	To	further	strengthen	
the	group’s	focus	on	supporting	the	sustainable	development	goals,	above	
an	increase	in	value	adjusted	equity	over	time,	specific	targets	linked	to	
environment,	social	and/or	governance	targets	might	be	included	in	the	
short-	and	long-term	incentive	schemes.	Financial	and	non-financial	
measures	are	intended	to	ensure	the	group’s	achieved	the	right	results,	
the	right	way	–	both	short-	and	longer-term.

met	for	2020.	

Development of value adjusted equity: Positive change in value adjusted 
equity with threshold for pay-out set to improvement of more than 6%. 
 Improvements above 11% equals full payout for this criterion. The VAE 
target is linked to the group’s ambitions to create value over time and 
should strengthen the common interest between the senior executives, 
the company, and its shareholders.

Ability to identify business opportunities related to ESG and new business 
opportunities to support the group’s growth and sustainability ambitions: 

•  The	threshold	for	positive	development	of	the	value	adjusted	equity	was	

•  Several	business	opportunities	identified	and	assessed	related	to	

Annual variable pay (short-term incentive)
To	encourage	a	strong	performance	culture,	Wilhelmsen	offers	an	annual	
variable	pay	rewarding	individuals	for	annual	achievements.	The	targets	are	
linked	to	the	group’s	financial	and	non-financial	performance,	including	both	
business	achievements	and	how	the	achievements	have	been	made.	It	aligns	
the	senior	executives	with	relevant,	clear	targets	derived	from	the	group’s	
long-term	strategy	to	support	value-creation	over	time.	The	variable	pay	
includes	a	financial	target,	business	target(s),	and	an	assessment	linked	to	
the	individuals’	ability	to	live	the	group’s	governing	elements	and	contribute	
to	supporting	the	group’s	value	creation	and	the	value	creation	of	the	group	
companies	which	the	senior	executives	are	responsible	for.		

Development	of	value	adjusted	equity	is	determined	using	a	sum-of-the-parts	
method:	non-listed	entities	are	valued	using	earnings	multiples	less	debt	and	
minorities	or	at	net	asset	value,	while	listed	entities	are	valued	at	market	price.	

The	right	to	annual	variable	pay	is	based	on	an	assessment	of	individual	
performance,	including	both	business	goals	(what)	and	an	assessment	of	how	
the	achievements	have	been	made.	Financial	and	business	targets	are	
assessed	based	on	goals	defined	by	the	performance	contract	for	the	senior	
executives	approved	by	the	board,	while	how	achievements	have	been	made	
is	assessed	by	the	board	for	the	group	CEO	and	by	the	group	CEO	for	other	
senior	executives	and/or	by	the	board	of	the	individual	subsidiaries.		

Maximum	opportunity	for	annual	variable	pay	is	capped	at	six	months’	salary	
for	the	group	CEO	and	four	months	for	remaining	senior	executives.	
A	prerequisite	for	paying	out	any	bonus	for	employees	in	WWH	is	that	group	
has	positive	total	comprehensive	income	(net	profit	plus	other	compressive	
income	less	non-controlling	interests).	To	receive	full	bonus,	the	achievement	
needs	to	exceed	set	targets.	In	addition,	each	performance	indicator	includes	a	
threshold	which	must	be	met	for	any	payment	to	be	made.	

The	pay-out	is	prorated	in	line	with	the	employment	time	through	the	year.	
The employee	may	not	be	entitled	to	pay-out,	if	the	employee	at	the	time	of	
the actual	pay-out,	has	given	notice	of	resignation	or	been	given	such	notice.

Even	though	the	requirements	are	met,	the	board	can,	if	the	group	has	or	
foresees	to	have	severe	financial	constraints,	decide	to	postpone	and/or	
decide	not	to	pay-out	the	annual	variable	pay.	In	case	of	documented	individual	
underperformance,	misconduct	or	similar,	the	board	(for	the	group	CEO)	and	
the	group	CEO	(for	other	senior	executives)	and/or	the	board	of	the	respective	
subsidiaries	have	the	right	to	refrain	from	paying	according	to	the	agreements	
made	on	an	individual	level.	

	development	or	transformation	of	existing	business	or	creating	new	
	business	opportunities,	including	amongst	others	Edda	Wind,	HyShip,	
	Topeka,	partnership	with	Tyssenkrupp	related	to	3D	printing,	carbon	
	capture	storage,	Elevon.

An assessment of the individual’s ability to support group companies in 
their value creation, engagement survey results and how each individual 
lives the group values:

•  Sound	results	in	underlying	businesses	in	which	members	of	the	senior	

executives	act	as	president	and/or	chair	and/or	board	member

•  Engagement	survey	score	above	average	and	up	compared	with	2019
•  High	score	on	how	senior	executives	lives	and	exercise	the	group’s	values

As	the	targets	set	by	the	board,	and	which	received	a	positive	advisory	vote	on	
by	the	annual	general	meeting	in	April	2020,	were	met,	the	board	has	decided	
to	pay	the	annual	variable	pay	the	senior	executives	for	2020	according	to	
agreed	targets	in	the	individual	contracts.	

SHORT-TERM BONUS SCHEMES FOR 2021 FOR WWH EMPLOYEES

For 2021, the board will propose to the annual general meeting for 
 advisory vote, below performance criteria for annual variable pay:

Development of value adjusted equity

•  Positive	change	in	value	adjusted	equity.	Threshold	for	pay-out	is	an	impro-
vement	of	more	than	6%.	Improvements	above	11%	equals	full	payout	for	
this	criterion.	The	VAE	target	is	linked	to	the	group’s	ambitions	to	create	
value	over	time	and	should	strengthen	the	common	interest	between	the	
senior	executives,	the	company,	and	its	shareholders.	

Realise the group’s ambitions as defined in the long-term strategy

•  Contribute	to	decarbonisation	by	developing	climate	related	targets	and	
activities	to	be	integrated	in	the	group	strategy	and	as	a	prerequisite	for	
making	investments.	

•  As	part	of	the	group’s	growth	ambitions,	the	group	management	team	will	
explore	opportunities	focused	at	creating	sustainable	growth,	including	
opportunities	transforming	existing	businesses,	new	business	models,	and	
new	investment	possibilities.

•  Ensure	a	safe	and	healthy	working	environment	with	high	ethical	standards:	
LTIF	<	0.4	(onboard	vessels	and	onshore),	leadership	development	training	
completion	rate	at	>95%,	and	compliance	training	completion	rate	>95%.		

Support group companies in their value creation and live the group’s 
governing elements

•  An	assessment	of	how	the	individual	executes	and	contributes	to	value	

creation	plan	of	underlying	businesses.

•  An	assessment	of	how	each	senior	executive	lives	the	group’s	governing	
elements,	including	leadership	expectations,	values,	safe,	healthy,	and	
sustainability	standards.

110

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Cont. note 16 Statement	on	the	remuneration	for	senior	executives
Long-term incentive scheme 
The	senior	executives	(except	Stangeland)	participate	in	a	long-term	incentive	
scheme.	The	scheme	entitles	senior	executives	to	a	potential	pay-out	every	
second	year,	as	the	schemes	start	every	second	year	and	last	for	four	years.	
Each	programme	is	aiming	at	increasing	alignment	with	the	shareholders’	
long-term	interests	and	how	senior	executives	execute	strategy	and	create	
value	for	the	group	and	the	company’s	shareholders	over	time.	The	board	sets	
criteria	for	each	programme	before	it	starts,	and	they	last	for	the	whole	period	
unless	significant	changes	happen	which	deems	it	necessary	to	adjust	the	
	performance	criteria.	In	case,	changes	will	be	disclosed.	

Senior	executives	are	part	of	a	collective	agreement	(except	Wilhelmsen,	Wang,	
Grimholt,	Schou),	which	includes	a	contribution	of	7%	for	salary	up	to	7.1G	and	
22%	for	salary	between	7.1-12G.	Senior	executives	(except	Wilhelmsen,	Wang,	
Grimholt,	Stangeland)	have	an	extra	pension	for	salary	above	12G	and	receive	
a	fixed	salary	addition	for	pension	accruals	above	12G.

The	long-term	variable	compensation	is	based	on	the	positive	development	of	
the	group’s	VAE.	

For	this	programme,	the	grant	level	reflects	the	level,	impact,	and	joint	
responsibility	of	the	senior	executives	for	delivering	on	the	group’s	strategic	
ambitions	and	targets	and	is	not	directly	linked	to	individual	performance.	

The	pay-out	is	prorated	in	line	with	the	employment	time.	The	employee	may	
not	be	entitled	to	pay-out,	if	the	employee	at	the	time	of	the	actual	pay-out,	has	
given	notice	of	resignation	or	been	given	such	notice.	Similar	if	the	employee	
resigns	or	is	given	such	notice	throughout	the	programme	period.	
Even	though	the	requirements	are	met,	the	board	can,	if	the	group	has	or	
foresees	severe	financial	constraints,	decide	to	postpone	and/or	decide	not	
to	pay-out	the	long-term	incentive	scheme.	In	case	of	documented	individual	
underperformance,	misconduct	or	similar,	the	board	(for	the	group	CEO)	and	
the	group	CEO	(for	other	senior	executives)	have	the	right	to	refrain	from	paying	
according	to	the	agreements	made	on	an	individual	level.

For	the	group	CEO,	maximum	payment	is	100%	of	annual	fixed	salary.	
For the	remaining	senior	executives,	the	maximum	payment	is	50%	of	
	annual 	fixed 	salary.	

Existing programmes
The	senior	executives	participated	in	one	programme	that	ran	from	1	January	
2017	to	31	December	2020.	Ending	at	year-end,	the	value	adjusted	equity,	
used	as	performance	indicator	was	positive,	but	below	set	threshold	for	award.	
The	senior	executives	therefor	received	no	pay-out	on	the	long-term	scheme	
ending	in	2020.

The	senior	executives	are	half-way	in	one	programme,	which	runs	om	1	January	
2019	to	31	December	2022.	The	performance	indicator	for	this	programme	is	
a	positive	development	of	the	group’s	value	adjusted	equity.	

A	new	programme,	running	from	1	January	2021-31	December	2024,	has	
been	endorsed	by	the	board.	In	addition	to	a	positive	development	of	the	
group’s	value	adjusted	equity,	the	board	wishes	to	see	a	substantial	shift	in	
the	group’s	activities	supporting	the	ambition	of	accelerating	energy	
transformation	and	contribute	to	decarbonisation.	This	target	is	deemed	
essential	as	part	of	the	group’s	ambition	of	reducing	its	own	impact,	
contributing	to	the	industry’s	decarbonisation	imperative,	and	playing	an	active	
role	in	the	energy	transition.	The	specified	targets	for	the	new	long-term	
incentive	scheme	are	outlined	below:

Long-term incentive scheme 
2021-2024

Threshold 
 (accumulated)

Stretch 
(accumulated)

Positive change in value adjusted 
equity (70%)

21.6%

41.1%

Share of revenue and/or  capital 
 employed/invested defined as 
 environmentally sustainable 
 according to the EU taxonomy (30%)

10% 

15% 

Pension and insurance schemes
The	company	offers	pension	benefits	for	senior	executives	aligned	with	
local	markets.	The	scheme	includes	coverage	for	old	age,	disability,	spouse	
and	children,	and	supplement	payments	from	the	Norwegian	National	
Insurance	system.	

The	group	CEO	has	the	right	to	a	life-long	contribution	constituting	50%	of	
annual	salary	at	the	time	of	retirement.	If	he	retires	at	the	agreed	age	of	62	
years,	there	will	be	a	gradual	reduction	of	annual	pay	until	agreed	retirement	
age	at	67.	Pension	obligations	related	to	salary	above	12G	and	the	option	to	
take	early	retirement	are	insured	in	the	case	of	group	CEO.	In	case	of	termina-
tion	of	employment	contract	by	either	party	prior	to	retirement,	he	is	obliged	
to	receive	the	calculated	accumulated	benefit	obligation	(ABO)	balance	of	his	
pension	programme	at	the	time	of	exit,	less	balance	in	fixed	pension	schemes.
The	group	CFO	has	an	agreement	to	retire	at	the	age	of	67,	with	a	gross	
compensation	equal	to	60%	of	base	salary	to	the	age	of	70.	

The	president	of	Ships	Service	can	retire	at	the	age	of	65	and	has	a	defined	
benefit	plan	(66%	of	salary)	at	retirement	financed	through	operations.	In	case	
of	termination	of	employment	contract	by	either	party	prior	to	retirement,	he	is	
obliged	to	receive	the	calculated	accumulated	benefit	obligation	(ABO)	balance	
of	his	pension	programme	at	the	time	of	exit,	less	balance	in	fixed	pension	
schemes.

The	president	of	Ship	Management	resides	in	Singapore	and	is	part	of	the	
group’s	international	pension	plan.	The	annual	contribution	to	the	retirement	
account	is	15%	of	pensionable	salary,	limited	up	to	12G.	He	has	an	extra	pension	
for	salary	above	12G	and	receives	a	fixed	salary	addition	for	this	pension.

Severance package scheme
As	a	rule,	senior	executives	who	resign	voluntarily	or	are	being	guilty	of	gross	
misconduct,	gross	negligence,	disloyalty,	or	other	material	breach	of	his/her	
duties	are	not	entitled	to	severance.	

The	group	CEO	has	a	severance	pay	guarantee	including	100%	of	annual	
salary	for	18	months	after	leaving	the	company	because	of	mergers,	
substantial	changes	in	ownership,	or	if	deemed	necessary	by	the	board.	
After	a	six	months’	notice	period,	possible	income	during	the	severance	pay	
period	will	be	deducted	by	up	to	50%.			

Other	senior	executives	(except	Wang)	have	a	total	of	12	months’	severance	
pay	if	they	are	asked	to	leave	the	company	because	of	mergers,	substantial 
changes	in	ownership,	or	if	deemed	necessary	by	the	company.	After	a	six	
months’	notice	period,	possible	income	during	the	severance	pay	period	will	
be	deducted by	up	to	50%.	Wang	has	a	six	months’	notice	period	but	is	not	
entitled	to	a		severance package.	

Senior executives on internal and external boards
Any	board	compensation	from	company	boards	or	boards	where	the	group	has	
an	ownership	stake	will	be	deducted	from	annual	variable	pay	from	the	group.

111

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Parent company

Accounts and notes

Auditor’s report

To the General Meeting of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial statements of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, which comprise: 

•  The financial statements of the parent company Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA (the 

Company), which comprise the balance sheet as at 31 December 2020, the income statement, 
comprehensive income and cash flow statement for the year then ended, and notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and 

•  The consolidated financial statements of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA and its subsidiaries 

(the Group), which comprise the balance sheet as at 31 December 2020, the income statement, 
comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and cash flow statement 
for the year then ended, and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of 
significant accounting policies. 

In our opinion: 

•  The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the law and regulations. 

•  The accompanying financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the 
Company as at 31 December 2020, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the 
year then ended in accordance with simplified application of international accounting 
standards according to section 3-9 of the Norwegian Accounting Act. 

•  The accompanying consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial 

position of the Group as at 31 December 2020, and its financial performance and its cash flows 
for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the EU. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with laws, regulations, and auditing standards and practices 
generally accepted in Norway, including International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the 
Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company and the 
Group as required by laws and regulations, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 

PricewaterhouseCoopers AS, Dronning Eufemias gate 71, Postboks 748 Sentrum, NO-0106 Oslo 
T: 02316, org. no.: 987 009 713 VAT, www.pwc.no 
State authorised public accountants, members of The Norwegian Institute of Public Accountants, and 
authorised accounting firm 

112

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s report

  Independent Auditor's Report - Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.  

The Groups business operations, who continue to evolve due to ongoing improvement projects, are 
largely the same as last year. We have not identified regulatory changes, transactions or other events 
that qualified as new Key Audit Matters for this year’s audit. The area Revenue from contracts with 
customers contained the same characteristics and risks as last year, and have consequently been in our 
focus also in 2020. 

Key Audit Matter 

How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter 

Revenue from contracts with customers 

This has been an area of focus for the 
audit due to the amounts involved. 
Revenue from contracts with customers 
in the Maritime Services and Supply 
Services segments was USD 542 million 
and USD 260 million respectively for the 
year ended December 31, 2020. 

Further, there is an inherent risk of errors 
when a business handles multiple 
revenue streams, where each of them 
consists of large numbers of transactions 
that adds up to material amounts. The 
inherent risk of errors increases from the 
complexity that sometimes accompany 
the requirements for management to use 
judgement, particularly to determine the 
transaction price and to decide when 
performance obligations are satisfied.  

We refer to note 3 Revenue, where 
management explain the various revenue 
streams and how they are accounted for 
under IFRS 15 - Revenue from contracts 
with customers and IFRS 16 - Leases. 
Here, management also explains the 
different performance obligations, 
measurement of the transaction price and 
whether income should be recognized net 
or gross. 

We obtained and studied managements’ accounting 
policy to assess it against relevant IFRSs. We discussed 
with management how the specific requirements of the 
standards, in particular IFRS 15 – Revenue from 
contracts with customers, were met. We found that we 
were able to agree with management about their 
accounting policies and that their assessments were 
reasonable. 

To assess the accuracy of their practices, we tested, on a 
sample basis, each revenue stream towards information 
such as contract terms, invoices and bank payments. 
We found that the revenue was recorded accurate and 
in accordance with the underlying documentation. 

Further, to assess the determined transaction prices, 
we obtained an understanding of the price for services 
and products, including discounts and customer bonus 
through interviews with management, walkthroughs 
and review of process descriptions. In addition, we 
obtained and read a selection of customer contracts to 
understand whether the determined prices were in 
accordance with the contract terms. We found no 
significant deviations in management's assessments. 

Through interviews with management and review of a 
selection of sales documentation such as customer 
contracts and invoices; we obtained an understanding 
of the assumptions management assessed to decide on 
when the performance obligations were satisfied. We 

(2) 

113

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent company

Accounts and notes

Auditor’s report

  Independent Auditor's Report - Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

concluded that management’s assumptions were 
reasonable. 

We compared the related disclosures in note 3 to the 
financial statements for the Group to the requirements 
of the applicable financial reporting framework, IFRS. 
We found that the disclosure appropriately explained 
the revenue from contracts with customers and lease 
revenue. 

Other information 

Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises information in 
the annual report, except the financial statements and our auditor's report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with 
the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director for the 
Financial Statements 

The Board of Directors and the Managing Director (Management) are responsible for the preparation 
in accordance with law and regulations, including a true and fair view of the financial statements of the 
Company in accordance with simplified application of international accounting standards according to 
the Norwegian Accounting Act section 3-9, and for the preparation and true and fair view of the 
consolidated financial statements of the Group in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the EU, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.  

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s and the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to 
liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee 
that an audit conducted in accordance with laws, regulations, and auditing standards and practices 
generally accepted in Norway, including ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it 

(3) 

114

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s report

  Independent Auditor's Report - Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements. 

As part of an audit in accordance with laws, regulations, and auditing standards and practices 
generally accepted in Norway, including ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain 
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

• 

identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due 
to fraud or error. We design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and 
obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The 
risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  

•  obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit 

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's or the Group's internal control. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by management. 

conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company and the Group's ability to 
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required 
to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements 
or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the 
audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or 
conditions may cause the Company and the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. 

evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including 
the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions 
and events in a manner that achieves a true and fair view. 

obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities 
or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group 
audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the Board of Directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and 
timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal 
control that we identify during our audit. 

We also provide the Board of Directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related 
safeguards. 

(4) 

115

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent company

Accounts and notes

Auditor’s report

  Independent Auditor's Report - Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

From the matters communicated with the Board of Directors, we determine those matters that were of 
most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore the 
key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes 
public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a 
matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements 

Opinion on the Board of Directors’ report 

Based on our audit of the financial statements as described above, it is our opinion that the 
information presented in the Board of Directors’ report and in the reports on Corporate Governance 
and Sustainability concerning the financial statements and the going concern assumption is consistent 
with the financial statements and complies with the law and regulations. 

Opinion on Registration and Documentation 

Based on our audit of the financial statements as described above, and control procedures we have 
considered necessary in accordance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements 
(ISAE) 3000, Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial 
Information, it is our opinion that management has fulfilled its duty to produce a proper and clearly 
set out registration and documentation of the Company’s accounting information in accordance with 
the law and bookkeeping standards and practices generally accepted in Norway. 

Oslo, 24 March 2021
Oslo, 24 March 2021 
PricewaterhouseCoopers AS
PricewaterhouseCoopers AS 
Thomas Fraurud
State Authorised Public Accountant

Thomas Fraurud 
(electronically signed)
State Authorised Public Accountant 

(5) 

116

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Responsibility statement
We	confirm,	to	the	best	of	our	knowledge,	that	the	financial	statements	for	the	
period	1	January	to	31	December	2020	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	
with	current	applicable	accounting	standards	and	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	
the	assets,	liabilities,	financial	position	and	profit	for	the	entity	and	the	group	
taken	as	a	whole.	

We	also	confirm	that	the	Board	of	Directors’	Report	includes	a	true	and	fair	
review	of	the	development	and	performance	of	the	business	and	the	position	
of	the	entity	and	the	group,	together	with	a	description	of	the	principal	risks	and	
uncertainties	facing	the	entity	and	the	group.

Lysaker,	24	March	2021
The	board	of	directors	of	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Diderik	Schnitler	(sign)
chair

Trond	Westlie	(sign)

Carl	E	Steen	(sign)

Rebekka	Glasser	Herlofsen	(sign)

Ulrika	Laurin	(sign)

Wilhelmsen	Thomas	(sign)
group	CEO

117

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Finding
new ways

The challenge: The COVID pandemic posed owners and operators 
different crew change challenges and restrictions in various
ports around in the world. How to keep up with the ever-changing 
restrictions?

The solution: We created a port-restrictions map, an online and 
interactive global tool providing updated and relevant info from each 
port in the vast Wilhelmsen system.   

5

Corporate
governance

Group

Corporate governance

Corporate governance

A	summary	of	the	corporate	governance	report	for	2020

Corporate governance comply or explain overview

Section

Topic

Deviation

Reference	in	this	report

01.

02.

03.

04.

05.

Implementation	and	reporting	on	corporate	governance

Business

Equity	and	dividends

Equal	treatment	of	shareholders	and	transactions	with	close	
associates

Shares	and	negotiability

None

None

None

None

None

06.

General	meetings

The	board	chair	directs	the	meeting.	*)
There	is	no	requirement	for	the	full	board	to	attend	
the	general	meeting.

07.

08.

09.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Nomination	committee

None

Board	of	directors:	composition	and	independence

The	board	chooses	its	own	chair.	*)

The	work	of	the	board	of	directors

The	full	board	serves	as	audit	committee.

Risk	management	and	internal	control

Remuneration	of	the	board	of	directors

Remuneration	of	executive	personnel

Information	and	communications

Take-overs

Auditor

None

None

None

None

None

None

*) Proposals have been made to the 22 April annual general meeting for required changes to the Articles of association to comply with the code. 
If approved, there will not be any deviation on these matters.  

Page	123

Page	123

Page	123

Page	124

Page	124

Page	124

Page	125

Page	125

Page	126

Page	126

Page	127

Page	127

Page	127

Page	127

Page	127

Reducing risk 
and improving 
accountability

We, as the board of Wilh. Wilhelmsen 
Holding ASA, are responsible for ensuring 
that the company is directed and controlled 
in an  appropriate and satisfactory manner 
according to existing laws and regulations.  

We believe sound corporate governance is 
important because it:
• reduces risk.
• contributes to the greatest possible value 
creation over time in the best interests of 
the company’s shareholders, employees and 
other stakeholders.

• ensures fair treatment of all our stakeholders
• ensures easy access to timely,  accurate 
and relevant information about the 
 company’s business.

• strengthens the confidence in the company 
and increases the company’s attractiveness.
The Corporate governance report for 2020 is, 
amongst others, based on the requirements 
of the Norwegian Accounting Act and the 
recommendations of the Norwegian Code of 
Practice for Corporate Governance.  

We, as the board, assesses the company’s 
corporate governance to be of high standard, 
and discussed and approved the report on 
24 March 2021. All the directors were present 
at the meeting.

Diderik	Schnitler	(sign)
Chair	of	the	board

122

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

1. IMPLEMENTATION AND REPORTING ON 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA (Wilhelmsen) 
is a public limited company organised under 
Norwegian law. Listed on a regulated market 
(Oslo Børs), the company is subject to general 
Norwegian securities’ legislation and Oslo Børs’ 
regulations.

This corporate governance report follows the 
requirements of the Norwegian Accounting 
Act (§3-3b) and the recommendations in the 
Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate 
Governance (Code of Practice, dated 17 October 
2018). The Code of Practice  includes provisions 
and guidance that in part elaborate on existing 
legislation and in part cover areas not addressed 
by legislation. The structure of this report is 
aligned with the structure of the Code of Practice.

The corporate governance report is published 
as part of the company’s annual report and 
available on the company’s website.

Comply or explain principle
The corporate governance report follows 
the “comply and explain” principles. 
Where Wilhelmsen does not fully comply 
with the Code of Practice, an explanation 
of the reason for the deviation and what 
solution the company has selected has 
been included.

Stakeholder interests
Wilhelmsen is in regular dialogue with key 
stakeholders engaged in issues relating to the 
maritime industry and the corporate activities 
of the group.  

Sustainable business model
A responsible business model is necessary for 
the company to be sustainable. Acknowledging 
that the company’s activities affect its 
surroundings, Wilhelmsen’s issues an annual 
 Sustainability report. The report is based on the 
 requirements stated in the GRI Sustainability 
 Reporting Standards (GRI Standards) and the 
ten  principles of the UN Global Compact.

The Sustainability report describes how 
Wilhelmsen combines long-term profitability 
with emphasis on ethical business conduct. 
This includes respect for human rights, the 
natural environment and the societies in which 
the company operates. The report includes how 
the company addresses employee rights and 
working environment, human rights, health 
and safety issues, the external environment, 
prevention of corruption and how the company 
contributes to communities in which it operates.

The report, which also describes how the 
company actively contributes to reaching the 
Sustainable Development Goals, is available on 
the company’s website.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

2. BUSINESS 
Business activities
According to Wilhelmsen’s Articles of 
association, the company’s objective is 
to engage in shipping, maritime services, 
aviation, industry, commerce, finance business, 
brokerage, agencies and forwarding, to own or 
manage real estate, and to run business related 
thereto or associated therewith. While present 
business activities mainly are within maritime 
services, shipping and related logistics services, 
the board finds it appropriate to maintain a 
broad objective to allow for a wider range of 
activities and investments.

Strategy and risk
The board has a yearly strategy review of the 
business portfolio and the ownership strategy for 
main activities and investments, supplemented 
by selective business reviews on a regular basis.

The board further evaluate the risk profile on a 
quarterly basis.

3. EQUITY AND DIVIDENDS
Capital structure
The board considers it appropriate for the 
parent company to maintain a low debt profile, 
with group business activities pri marily 
financed on a non-recourse basis by the 
rele vant subsidiary. This is consistent with 
the holding nature of the parent company.

Dividend
The dividend policy states that “the goal is to 
provide shareholders with a high return over 
time through a combination rising value for the 
company’s shares and payment of dividend. 
The objective is to have consistent yearly 
dividend paid twice annually”.

Wilhelmsen has a history of paying dividend 
twice a year, with total consideration varying 
between NOK 5.00 and NOK 5.50 per share for 
the five-year period 2015-19. The first dividend 
has varied been NOK 2.50 and NOK 3.50 per 
share while the second dividend has been 
between NOK 1.50 and NOK 2.50 per share.

A summary of the strategic direction and a risk 
review is included in the directors’  report for 2020.

In order to secure a financially sound holding 

The board’s 
corporate 
governance 
report for 2020

123

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Corporate governance

company in the uncertain environment 
following outbreak of COVID-19, the board 
decided in 2020 to reduce the first dividend to 
NOK 2.00 per share and not to ask the annual 
general meeting for authority to declare a 
second dividend.

To compensate for the reduced dividend 
paid in 2020 and to revert to the objective 
of consistent yearly dividend paid twice 
annually, the board is proposing to the annual 
shareholder meeting scheduled for 
22 April 2021 a first dividend of NOK 5.00, and 
that the board is authorised to pay additional 
dividend of up to NOK 3.00 per share. The 
first dividend proposal includes NOK 2.00 in 
extraordinary dividend to compensate for the 
reduced dividend paid in 2020. 

Mandate to increase share capital 
or purchase own shares
At the 29 April 2020 annual general meeting, 
the board proposed and was granted an 
authorisation to acquire shares in the company 
with a nominal value of up to NOK 92 807 648, 
equivalent to 10% of the current share capital. 
The reason for the proposal was that it  enables 
the adjustment of capital structure and 
balance to the company’s needs, as framework 
conditions for the industry change.

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA presently 
owns a total of 1 823 829 own shares, split 
on 537.097 A-shares and 1.286.732 B-shares. 
This is equivalent to 3.93% of total shares 
in the company. The board has made a 
pro posal to the next annual general meeting 
to be held on 22 April for the 1 823 829 shares 
to be  liquidated.

The board has also made a proposal to the next 
annual general meeting to be held on 22 April 
2021 for a new mandate to buy up to 10% of the 
company’s shares, valid for one year.  

The board has not requested, and the 
 gene ral meeting has as such not  granted, 
any board mandate to increase the 
company’s share  capital.

Deviations from the code: None

Transaction with close associates
Any transactions taking place between a 
principal shareholder or close associates and 
the company will apply prices and other terms 
and conditions common for such agreements. 
A similar principle is used for transactions 
between companies within the group. In the 
event of material transactions, the company 
will seek independent valuation. Relevant 
transactions will be publicly disclosed to seek 
transparency. The board instruction includes 
procedures for how to handle any situations 
where a board member has a personal or 
financial interest related to a board matter.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

5. FREELY NEGOTIABLE SHARES
Listed on the Oslo Børs with the tickers “WWI” 
and “WWIB” for the Class A and Class B shares 
respectively, all shares are freely negotiable. 
There are no restrictions on negotiability in 
the company’s Articles of associations. 

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

6. GENERAL MEETINGS
Matters to be dealt with and decided by the 
annual general meeting and procedures 
 related to general meetings are outlined in 
article 8 of the Articles of associations. The 
annual general meeting is normally held late 
April or early May. In addition, extraordinary 
general meetings may be convened if required.

Shareholders with Norwegian VPS accounts 
or known addresses are notified electro ni cally
through the Norwegian VPS system or by mail 
no later than 21 days prior to a  general 
meeting.

Proposed resolutions, together with relevant 
supporting documents are published on the 
Wilhelmsen website no later than 21 days prior 
to the general meeting. For annual general 
meetings, this includes the annual report 
(including directors report, annual accounts 
and the auditor’s report), statement on the 
remuneration for senior executives, statement 
on corporate governance, and the nomination 
committee report. Shareholders may, upon 
request, receive hard copies of the material.

4. EQUAL TREATMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS 
AND TRANSACTIONS WITH CLOSE 
ASSOCIATES
Transactions in own shares
Any transactions the company carries out in its 
own shares are carried out through the stock 
exchange and at prevailing stock exchange 
prices, or in such other ways which will ensure 
equal treatment of all  shareholders.

Shareholders may attend the general meeting 
in person, nominate a proxy, or vote in 
advance. The vote may be through electronic 
communication. The attendance form, proxy 
nomination, or advance vote must be received 
by the company’s registrar no later than two 
working days before the meeting takes place. 
Shareholders may vote on each  individual 

124

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

matter, including individual candidates 
 nominated for election.

The board chair, nomination committee 
chair, group CEO, group CFO, and auditor 
will  normally attend the annual general 
meeting, together with other members of the 
board and management if available. There is 
no  requirement for the full board to attend 
a general meeting.

The board chair presides over the general 
meeting in accordance with Article 8 of the 
Articles of association. This is a deviation 
from the Code of Practice. A proposal has been 
made to the 22 April annual general meeting 
for Article 8 to be amended in a manner that 
makes it possible for the general meeting to 
elect the chair for the general meeting.

The minutes of general meetings are 
published on the Oslo Børs news service 
and available on the company’s website.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: There is 
no requirement for the full board to attend the 
general meeting, and the board chair opens 
and directs the meeting. The last issue will be 
resolved subject the approval by the  annual 
general meeting to amend the Articles of 
 association in this respect.

7. NOMINATION COMMITTEE
The work of the Wilhelmsen nomination 
committee follows the “Guidelines for the 
nomination committee” approved by the 
general meeting on 30 April 2019.

The nomination committee consists of the 
following members:

Nomination 
committee member

Jan Gunnar Hartvig 
(chair)

Elected

Period Elected to

29.04.2020

2 years

2022

Frederik Selvaag

29.04.2020

2 years

2022

As part of the nomination process, the 
committee has contact with relevant 
stakeholders. Input and proposals to the 
nomination committee may also be sent to the 
nomination committee secretary, with contact 
details available on the company website.

The nomination committee provides its 
 recommendation to the annual general 
 meeting in form of a report, which among other 
 includes justification of individual candidates.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

8. BOARD OF DIRECTORS: COMPOSITION 
AND  INDEPENDENCE
According to article 5 of the Articles of 
associ ation, the company’s board is made 
up of five to seven members and up to three 
 deputy members.

According to the same article 5, the board 
chooses its own chair. This is a deviation from 
the Code of Practice. A proposal has been 
made to the 22 April annual general meeting 
for Article 5 and Article 8 to be amended so the 
chair can be elected by the general meeting.

The composition of the board is made to 
 ensure it meets the company’s need for 
 expertise, capacity, and diversity. Focus is 
also on ensuring that the board can function 
 effectively as a collegiate body. Information 
on the background and experience of the 
 individual board members are available on 
the company’s website. 

During 2020, the board consisted of the 
 following members:

Board member

Last time
elected

Period

Elected 
to

Diderik Schnitler (chair)

30.04.2019 2 years

2021

Rebekka Glasser 
Herlofsen

29.04.2020 2 years

2022

Ulrika Laurin

29.04.2020 2 years

2022

Carl E Steen

30.04.2019 2 years

2021

Trond Westli*

29.04.2020 2 years

2022

Irene W. Basili**

26.04.2018 2 years

Cathrine L Wilhelmsen*** 30.04.2019 2 years

*Re-elected at the 29.04.2020 annual general meeting
**Resigned from the board at the 29.04.2020 annual 
general meeting
***Resigned from the board 07.02.2020

The board does not include executive 
employees, and all board members are 
independent of the executive management 
and the main shareholder.

The board instruction encourages board 
 members to own shares in the company.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: The board 
chooses its own chair. The deviation will be 
resolved subject the approval by the annual 
general meeting to amend the Articles of 
association in this respect.

125

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Corporate governance

9. THE WORK OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Board instruction and work of the board
The board has issued instructions for its 
own work. The instruction reflects the role, 
responsibilities, and work procedures of the 
board as laid down in the Norwegian Public 
 Companies Act. This includes procedures for 
how to handle any situations where a board 
member has a personal or financial interest 
related to a board matter.

The board evaluates its performance and 
 expertise on an annual basis. A summary 
of the evaluation is provided as input to 
the nomination committee.

During 2020, the board held eight meetings, 
in addition to a full day strategy session.

The group CEO and group CFO are  normally 
present at board meetings, as is other 
 executives depending on agenda and issues 
to be discussed.

Board committees
The board has established a separate audit 
committee, which is chaired by board member 
Trond Westlie. The work of the board audit 
committee is governed by a mandate set by 
the board.

In line with article 5 of the Articles of 
association, “the full board shall jointly 
serve as the company’s audit committee”. 
A proposal will be presented to the Annual 
general meeting on 22 April to have this 
requirement removed from the Articles of 
associations. This will allow for a smaller audit 
committee.

As the Wilhelmsen board consists of five 
members it is deemed desirable to not have 
any separate standing committees outside 
the audit committee. 

Executive committee for industrial democracy
Wilhelmsen maintains an executive 
committee for industrial democracy in foreign 
trade shipping (“Rederistyret”), securing the 
interest of the employees related to the board. 
The committee meet prior to a corresponding 
board meeting.

The present committee consists of seven 
members, elected for a period of four years 
from 2018. Five members were elected by 
and among the employees and two were 
appointed by the management. Each 
employee representative has a personal 
deputy, and the management representatives 
have a joint deputy. One of the management 

representatives is the group CEO. One deputy 
member position was vacant by end of 2020.

During 2020, the committee held 
four meetings.

Executive management instructions
The duties, responsibilities and authority 
of the group CEO follows instructions made 
by the board and the Norwegian Public 
 Companies Act. The instructions made by the 
board also include authorities given to other 
executive employees.

The executive management of the Wilhelmsen 
group includes a group management team and 
the board and management of sub sidiaries. 
Members of the group management team 
chairs or sits on the board of main  subsidiaries 
and companies where Wilhelmsen has 
material ownership interests and/or a 
shareholder agreement which defines board 
composition. Management of subsidiaries are 
based on the Wilhelmsen group policies and 
governance principles.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: The full 
board serve as audit committee.

10. RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL 
CONTROL
The board believes that the company’s 
internal control and risk management are 
sound and appropriate given the extent and 
nature of the company’s activities. The system 
contributes to sound control characterised by 
integrity and ethical attitudes throughout the 
organisation.

Governing documents, the code of conduct, 
policies, policy descriptions and procedures 
are documented and electronically available 
to the company’s employees through the 
company’s global integrated management 
system. Various internal control activities give 
management assurance that the internal con-
trol of financial systems, group policies and 
subsidiary boards are working adequately and 
according to management’s expectations.

The group has a global whistleblowing system 
including procedures and channels for giving 
notice to the company about potential non-
compliance. The whistleblowing channel is 
available for internal and external parties.

The board reviews the company’s risk matrix 
on a quarterly basis and the internal control 
arrangements at least once a year.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

126

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

11. REMUNERATION OF THE BOARD OF 
DIRECTORS 
Remuneration of the board of directors is 
determined by the annual general meeting 
and is not dependent upon the company’s 
results. The fee reflects the responsibilities 
of the board, its expertise, the amount of time 
devoted to its work and the complexity of the 
company’s businesses. No board member 
holds share options in the company.

covered through webcast presentations which 
included a Q&A session.

The investor relations policy further states 
that the main source of information about the 
Wilhelmsen group is the Wilhelmsen website, 
including among other financial information, 
governing elements, and company news.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

14. TAKEOVERS
The board has established a guideline for 
how it will act in the event of a take-over bid. 
The guidelines follow in all material aspects 
the recommendations outlined in the Code 
of Practice.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None.

15. AUDITOR
The auditor for Wilhelmsen is 
PricewaterhouseCoopers AS. 

The auditor presents an audit plan to the audit 
committee on an annual basis, and attend 
audit committee meetings when deemed 
required or desired. 

The auditor is also invited to attend the 
meeting where the board deal with the annual 
accounts (preliminary and/or final accounts), 
and at other occasions where the board 
so  requests.

Finally, the board has a yearly meeting 
with the auditor without the presence 
of  management.

The board has established the principle that 
use of the auditor for services other than audit 
shall be limited.

The fee to external auditors, broken down by 
statutory work, other assurance services, tax 
services, and other assistance, is specified in 
note 6 to the Wilhelmsen group accounts and 
note 2 to the parent company accounts.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

In 2020, none of the board members 
performed assignments for the company other 
than serving on the board of the company.

An overview of the remuneration of the 
board of directors is specified in note 6 to 
Wilhelmsen group accounts and note 2 to the 
parent company accounts, of which the latter 
includes an overview of shares in  Wilhelmsen 
owned or controlled by the individual 
board member.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

12. REMUNERATION OF EXECUTIVE 
PERSONNEL 
The board has reviewed the remuneration 
guideline and assessed the practice and 
 concluded that they are efficient and 
 transparent, in line with the prevailing 
guideline and intention, and good 
 corporate  governance.

A statement on the remuneration for senior 
executives is provided in note 16 of the annual 
accounts. An advisory vote is to be held 
at the annual general meeting concerning 
the statement. Remuneration is based on a 
guideline, which will be presented to and 
voted on by the annual general meeting 22 
April 2021.

The remuneration of senior executives 
is further detailed in note 6 to the 
group accounts and note 2 to the parent 
company accounts.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

13. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION 
The board has established an investor 
 relations policy which is published on the 
 company’s website. The policy complies with 
the Oslo Børs Code of Practice for IR 
of 1 July 2019.

According to the policy, Wilhelmsen will 
publish interim reports each quarter in 
addition to half-year and annual reports. 
In 2020, two of the quarterly reports were 

127

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020New 
partnerships

The challenge: Grow your fleet under management and get into new segments. 

The solution: Wilhelmsen joined forces with MPC Capital and created the 
joint venture Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel Ship Managementt. With the 72 ships 
in Wilhelmsen Ahrenkiel’s management, Wilhelmsen Ship Management 
became the 6th largest third-party ship manager in the world, with 
approximately 250 ships under technical management.

6

Corporate
structure

Group

Corporate structure

Corporate structure

As	of	31	December	2020

WWH	group

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway

Wallenius
Wilhelmsen	ASA,
Norway	37.82%

Treasure	ASA,
Norway
73.46%

Wilhelmsen	Maritime
Services	AS,
Norway

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen
Holding	Invest	AS,
Norway

WilService	AS,
Norway

Wilhelmsen	Accounting
Services	AS,
Norway

Wilhelmsen	GRC
Sdn.Bhd.

WilNor	Governmental
Services	AS,
Norway	51%

Unless otherwise stated, the company is wholly-owned.

Holding	and	Investments	segment

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	
ASA	37.82%

Treasure	ASA
73.46%

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	
Holding	Invest	AS

Wilhelmsen	
GRC	Sdn.Bhd.

WilService	AS,
Norway

Wilhelmsen
Accounting	Services	
AS,	Norway

Den	Norske	
Amerikalinje	AS

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen
Holding	Invest
Malta	Ltd

Denholm	Port
Services	Ltd.
40%

Hyundai	Glovis	Ltd
11.00%

Raa	Labs	AS

LoRa	IOT	AS

Dolittle	AS
45.98%

Massterly	AS
50%

EDDA	Wind	AS	
25%

Unless otherwise stated, the company is wholly-owned.

132

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Group management team.
HR, culture, and communication), Thomas Wilhelmsen (group CEO) and Bjørge Grimholt (Executive vice president Maritime Services).

From left: Christian Berg (group CFO), Jan Eyvin Wang (Executive vice president New Energy), Benedicte Teigen Gude (Executive vice president 

Supply	services	segment

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway

WilNor	Governmental	Services	AS
51%

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	AS

WGS	Solution	AS

WGS	Properties	AS

NorSea	Group	AS
75.15%

For	group	company	list	sorted	by	business	area	see	below	list.

133

GroupCorporate structureWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020 
Group

Corporate structure

Supply	services	segment
Company name

NorSea	Group	Australia	PTY	Ltd

NorSea	Denmark	A/S

NorSea	Wind	A/S

NSG	Wind	A/S	

NorSea	Property	AS

NorSea	Logistics	AS	(tidl.	NorSea	Operations	AS)

NorSea	Impact	AS

NorSea	Industrial	Holding	AS

Wilnor	Governmental	Services	AS

WGS	Properties	AS

WGS	Solution	AS

NorSea	Wind	Holding	AS

CCB	Energy	Holding	AS

NorSea	Vestbase	AS

Vestbase	Eiendom	AS

Averøy	Eiendom	AS

Orvikan	Eiendom	AS

NorSea	Stordbase	AS

NorSea	Stavanger	AS

Maritime	Logistic	Services	AS

NorSea	Fighter	AS

NorSea	Eiendom	Dusavik	AS

NorSea	Eiendom	Tananger	AS

NorSea	Tananger	107	AS

Tananger	Eiendom	AS

Konciv	AS	(tidl	NSG	Digital	AS)

Polarbase	Eiendom	AS

NorSea	Polarbase	AS

Maritime	Waste	Management	AS	

Norbase	AS

OS	Expressene	AS

NSG	Maritime	AS

Westport	AS

Elevon	AS

CCB	Holding	AS

Vikan	Næringspark	Invest	AS

Dusavik	Utvikling	AS	

SørSea	AS

Polarlift	AS

KS	Coast	Center	Base

Risavika	Eiendom	AS

Eldøyane	Næringspark	AS

LoVe	Miljøbase	AS

Risavika	Havnering	14	AS

Strandparken	Holding	AS

Logiteam	AS

CCB	Subsea	AS

Hammerfest	Næringsinvest	AS

Norsea	123	Ltd.	

NorSea	UK	Ltd

NorSea	Wind	Ltd

Country

Australia

Denmark

Denmark

Denmark

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Scotland

Scotland

United	Kingdom

134

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Ownership %

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00%

49.00%

49.00%

50.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.91%

95.62%

95.14%

75.00%

75.00%

75.00%

78.00%

66.66%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

43.60%

50.00%

50.00%

49.75%

42.00%

37.97%

33.33%

33.33%

33.07%

17.00%

17.00%

32.26%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

Maritime	services	segment

Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS, Norway

Wilhelmsen
Ships	Service

Wilhelmsen	
Ships	Service	AS,	
Norway

Wilhelmsen	Ship
Management

Wilhelmsen	Insurance	Services	AS

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	
Holding	AS	Norway

For	group	company	list	sorted	by	business	areas	see	below	list.

Business area

Legal entity

Unless otherwise stated, the company is wholly-owned.

Maritime	services	segment
Company name

Wilhelmsen Maritime Services 

Wilhelmsen	Insurance	Services	AS

Wilhelmsen Ship Management

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Serviços	Marítimos	do	Brasil	Ltda

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	d.o.o.

Diana	Wilhelmsen	Management	Limited

NSG	Wind	A/S	

NorSea	Wind	A/S	

NorSea	Wind	GmbH

Wilhelmsen	Ahrenkiel	GmbH

BWW	LPG	Limited	

Barklav	(Hong	Kong)	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	(Hong	Kong)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Limited

WSM	Global	Services	Limited	

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	(India)	Private	Limited

BWW	LPG	Sdn	Bhd	

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Services	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ahrenkiel	Netherland

NorSea	Wind	Holding	AS

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	(Norway)	AS

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	(Norway)	AS

OOPS	(Panama)	SA

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	Manning	Inc

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	Sp	z.o.o.

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Korea	Ltd

Barklav	SRL

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	Novorossiysk	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Singapore	Pte	Ltd

NorSea	Wind	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	UK	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	(Ukraine)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	(USA)	Inc

Wilhelmsen Ships Service

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Algeria	SPA	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Argentina	SA	

Country

Norway

Brazil

Croatia

Cyprus

Denmark

Denmark

Germany

Germany

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

India

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Netherland

Norway

Norway

Norway

Panama

Philippines

Poland

Republic	of	Korea

Romania

Russia

Singapore

United	Kingdom

United	Kingdom

Ukraine

United	States

Algeria

Argentina

Ownership %

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

49,00	%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

25.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00% *

100.00%

135

GroupCorporate structureWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020Group

Corporate structure

cont.	Maritime	services	segment
Company name

Wilhelmsen Ships Service

New	Wave	Maritime	Services	Pty	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Pty	Limited

WLB	Shipping	Pty	Ltd

WWHI	Property	Australia	Pty	Ltd

Almoayed	Wilhelmsen	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	NV	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	do	Brasil	Ltda

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Inc	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Agencia	Maritima	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Chile)	S.A.

Wilhelmsen	Huayang	Ships	Service	(Beijing)	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Huayang	Ships	Service	(Shanghai)	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Colombia	SAS	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Cote	d'Ivoire	SARL

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Cyprus	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	A/S

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Ecuador	SA	

Barwil	Arabia	Shipping	Agencies	SAE

Barwil	Egytrans	Shipping	Agencies	SAE	

Scan	Arabia	Shipping	Agencies	SAE

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	LLC	(Egypt)

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Oy	Ab

Auxiliaire	Maritime	SAS

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	France	SAS

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Georgia	Ltd	

Barwil	Agencies	GmbH

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	GmbH

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Gibraltar)	Limited

Wiltrans	(Gilbraltar)	Limited

Barwil	Hellas	Ltd

Uniref	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Hellas	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Maritime	Services	Private	Limited

Barwil	For	Maritime	Services	Co	Ltd	

Iraqi-Norwegian	Company	For	Marine	Navigation	and	Maritime	Services	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	SpA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Japan)	Pte	Ltd	-	Legal	Branch	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Ltd

Alghanim	Barwil	Shipping	Co-Kutayba	Yusuf	Ahmed	&	Partners	WLL		

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Lebanon	SAL

Wilhelmsen	Freight	&	Logistics	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	IT	Services	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Holdings	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Malaysia	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Trading	Sdn	Bhd

WSS	Global	Business	Services	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Malta	Limited

Unitor	de	Mexico,	SA	de	CV

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Mozambique),	Limitada

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Myanmar)	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	BV

Unitor	Ships	Service	NV	Netherland	Anthilles

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Limited

Barwil	Agencies	AS

Wilhelmsen	Chemicals	AS	

Wilhelmsen	IT	Services	AS

136

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020

Country

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Bahrain

Belgium

Brazil

Bulgaria

Canada

Chile

Chile

China

China

China

Colombia

Cote	d'Ivoire

Cyprus

Denmark

Ecuador	

Egypt

Egypt

Egypt

Egypt

Finland

France

France

Georgia

Germany

Germany

Gibraltar

Gibraltar

Greece

Greece

Greece

Hong	Kong

India

Iraq

Iraq

Italy

Japan

Japan

Kenya

Kuwait

Lebanon

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malta

Mexico

Mozambique

Myanmar

Netherlands

Netherlands	Antilles

New	Zealand

Norway

Norway

Norway

Ownership %

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

40.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

35.00%

49.00% *

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

60.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00%

49.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

cont.	Maritime	services	segment
Company name

Wilhelmsen Ships Service

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	AS

Wilhelmsen	Towell	Co	LLC

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Private)	Limited	

Barwil	Agencies	SA

Intertransport	Air	Logistics	SA

Lowill	SA

Scan	Cargo	Services	SA

Transcanal	Agency	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	SA

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	(Subic)	Inc	

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	Shipping	Inc	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Philippines	Inc

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Polska	Sp	z.o.o.

Wilhelmsen	Business	Services	Center	Sp.z.o.o.

Argomar-Navegcao	e	Transportes	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Portugal,	S.A

Perez	Torres	Portugal	Lda

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Services	Qatar	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Hyopwoon	Ships	Service	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Services	Co	Ltd

Barwil	Star	Agencies	SRL	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	OOO

Limited	Liability	Company	"	Wilhelmsen	Marine	Products"

Barwil	Agencies	Ltd	For	Shipping	

Binzagr	Barwil	Maritime	Transport	Co	Ltd	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Senegal	SUARL

Unitor	Cylinder	Pte	Ltd	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Japan)	Pte	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(S)	Pte	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Global	Husbandry	Services	Pte	Ltd

Havtec	Pte	Ltd

Timm	Slovakia	s.r.o

Barwil	(South	Africa)	Pty	Ltd

Krew-Barwil	(Pty)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Services	(Pty)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Services	South	Africa	(Pty)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Canarias	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Spain	SAU

Alarbab	For	Shipping	Co	Ltd

Ocean	Shipping	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	AB

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Inc

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Services	Ltd	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Thailand)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Denizcilik	Hizmetleri	Ltd	Sirketi

Wilhelmsen	Lojistick	Hizmetleri	Ltd	Sirketi

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Ukraine	Ltd

Barwil	Dubai	LLC	

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Services	LLC	

Triangle	Shipping	Agencies	LLC

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	AS	(Dubai	Branch)	

Wilhelmsen	Maritime	Services	JAFZA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(LLC)

Denholm	Wilhelmsen	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Inc

Unitor	Holding	Inc

International	Shipping	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Sunnytrans	Co	Ltd

* Additional profit share agreement

Country

Norway

Oman

Pakistan

Panama

Panama

Panama

Panama

Panama

Panama

Philippines

Philippines

Philippines

Poland

Poland

Portugal

Portugal

Portugal

Qatar

Republic	of	Korea

Republic	of	Korea

Romania

Russia

Russia

Saudi	Arabia

Saudi	Arabia

Senegal

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Slovakia

South	Africa

South	Africa

South	Africa

South	Africa

Spain

Spain

Sudan

Sudan

Sweden

Taiwan

Tanzania

Thailand

Turkey

Turkey

Ukraine

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Kingdom

United	Kingdom

United	States

United	States

Vietnam

Vietnam

Ownership %

100.00%

60.00%

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

25.00%

25.00% *

25.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

0.00% *

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

70.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00%

100.00%

70.00%

100.00%

100.00%

80.00%

80.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00% *

42.50%

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

49.00% *

40.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

0.00% *

49.00% *

137

GroupCorporate structureWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2020wilhelmsen.com

E
b
e
r
l
i

n

H
a
n
s
F
r
e
d
r
i
k
A
s
b
ø
r
n
s
e
n

j

(

p
a
g
e
8

,

1
3

,

1
9

,

1
3
3

)
,

t
h
y
s
s
e
n
k
r
u
p
p

(

p
a
g
e
1
4

)
,

H
å
v
a
r
d
M
e
v
æ

l

r

(

p
a
g
e
3
2

)
,

i

N
c
o
a

l

i

A
a
s
s

(

p
a
g
e
8
6

)
,

R
a
y
C
h
n
g

(

p
a
g
e
1
1
8

)
,

l

i
l

W
h
e
m
s
e
n
A
h
r
e
n
k
e

i

l

i

S
h
p
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

(

p
a
g
e
1
2
8

)

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Phone: (+47) 67 58 40 00

Postal address:
PO Box 33, NO-1324
Lysaker, Norway

Visiting address:
Strandveien 20, NO-1366
Lysaker, Norway

Follow us on Twitter | Facebook | LinkedIn | Instagram